EP3820565A1 - Bisphosphonate quinolone conjugates and uses thereof - Google Patents

Bisphosphonate quinolone conjugates and uses thereof

Info

Publication number
EP3820565A1
EP3820565A1 EP19835178.5A EP19835178A EP3820565A1 EP 3820565 A1 EP3820565 A1 EP 3820565A1 EP 19835178 A EP19835178 A EP 19835178A EP 3820565 A1 EP3820565 A1 EP 3820565A1
Authority
EP
European Patent Office
Prior art keywords
compound
substituted
bone
quinolone
linker
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Pending
Application number
EP19835178.5A
Other languages
German (de)
French (fr)
Other versions
EP3820565A4 (en
Inventor
Frank H. Ebetino
Shuting SUN
Philip T. CHERIAN
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Biovinc LLC
Original Assignee
Biovinc LLC
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Biovinc LLC filed Critical Biovinc LLC
Publication of EP3820565A1 publication Critical patent/EP3820565A1/en
Publication of EP3820565A4 publication Critical patent/EP3820565A4/en
Pending legal-status Critical Current

Links

Classifications

    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/66Phosphorus compounds
    • A61K31/662Phosphorus acids or esters thereof having P—C bonds, e.g. foscarnet, trichlorfon
    • A61K31/663Compounds having two or more phosphorus acid groups or esters thereof, e.g. clodronic acid, pamidronic acid
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K47/00Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient
    • A61K47/50Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates
    • A61K47/51Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates the non-active ingredient being a modifying agent
    • A61K47/54Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates the non-active ingredient being a modifying agent the modifying agent being an organic compound
    • A61K47/548Phosphates or phosphonates, e.g. bone-seeking
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K47/00Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient
    • A61K47/50Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates
    • A61K47/51Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates the non-active ingredient being a modifying agent
    • A61K47/54Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates the non-active ingredient being a modifying agent the modifying agent being an organic compound
    • A61K47/55Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates the non-active ingredient being a modifying agent the modifying agent being an organic compound the modifying agent being also a pharmacologically or therapeutically active agent, i.e. the entire conjugate being a codrug, i.e. a dimer, oligomer or polymer of pharmacologically or therapeutically active compounds
    • A61K47/552Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates the non-active ingredient being a modifying agent the modifying agent being an organic compound the modifying agent being also a pharmacologically or therapeutically active agent, i.e. the entire conjugate being a codrug, i.e. a dimer, oligomer or polymer of pharmacologically or therapeutically active compounds one of the codrug's components being an antibiotic
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61LMETHODS OR APPARATUS FOR STERILISING MATERIALS OR OBJECTS IN GENERAL; DISINFECTION, STERILISATION OR DEODORISATION OF AIR; CHEMICAL ASPECTS OF BANDAGES, DRESSINGS, ABSORBENT PADS OR SURGICAL ARTICLES; MATERIALS FOR BANDAGES, DRESSINGS, ABSORBENT PADS OR SURGICAL ARTICLES
    • A61L27/00Materials for grafts or prostheses or for coating grafts or prostheses
    • A61L27/50Materials characterised by their function or physical properties, e.g. injectable or lubricating compositions, shape-memory materials, surface modified materials
    • A61L27/54Biologically active materials, e.g. therapeutic substances
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P19/00Drugs for skeletal disorders
    • A61P19/08Drugs for skeletal disorders for bone diseases, e.g. rachitism, Paget's disease
    • A61P19/10Drugs for skeletal disorders for bone diseases, e.g. rachitism, Paget's disease for osteoporosis
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P31/00Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
    • A61P31/04Antibacterial agents
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61LMETHODS OR APPARATUS FOR STERILISING MATERIALS OR OBJECTS IN GENERAL; DISINFECTION, STERILISATION OR DEODORISATION OF AIR; CHEMICAL ASPECTS OF BANDAGES, DRESSINGS, ABSORBENT PADS OR SURGICAL ARTICLES; MATERIALS FOR BANDAGES, DRESSINGS, ABSORBENT PADS OR SURGICAL ARTICLES
    • A61L2300/00Biologically active materials used in bandages, wound dressings, absorbent pads or medical devices
    • A61L2300/20Biologically active materials used in bandages, wound dressings, absorbent pads or medical devices containing or releasing organic materials
    • A61L2300/216Biologically active materials used in bandages, wound dressings, absorbent pads or medical devices containing or releasing organic materials with other specific functional groups, e.g. aldehydes, ketones, phenols, quaternary phosphonium groups
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61LMETHODS OR APPARATUS FOR STERILISING MATERIALS OR OBJECTS IN GENERAL; DISINFECTION, STERILISATION OR DEODORISATION OF AIR; CHEMICAL ASPECTS OF BANDAGES, DRESSINGS, ABSORBENT PADS OR SURGICAL ARTICLES; MATERIALS FOR BANDAGES, DRESSINGS, ABSORBENT PADS OR SURGICAL ARTICLES
    • A61L2300/00Biologically active materials used in bandages, wound dressings, absorbent pads or medical devices
    • A61L2300/40Biologically active materials used in bandages, wound dressings, absorbent pads or medical devices characterised by a specific therapeutic activity or mode of action
    • A61L2300/404Biocides, antimicrobial agents, antiseptic agents
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61LMETHODS OR APPARATUS FOR STERILISING MATERIALS OR OBJECTS IN GENERAL; DISINFECTION, STERILISATION OR DEODORISATION OF AIR; CHEMICAL ASPECTS OF BANDAGES, DRESSINGS, ABSORBENT PADS OR SURGICAL ARTICLES; MATERIALS FOR BANDAGES, DRESSINGS, ABSORBENT PADS OR SURGICAL ARTICLES
    • A61L2300/00Biologically active materials used in bandages, wound dressings, absorbent pads or medical devices
    • A61L2300/40Biologically active materials used in bandages, wound dressings, absorbent pads or medical devices characterised by a specific therapeutic activity or mode of action
    • A61L2300/412Tissue-regenerating or healing or proliferative agents
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61LMETHODS OR APPARATUS FOR STERILISING MATERIALS OR OBJECTS IN GENERAL; DISINFECTION, STERILISATION OR DEODORISATION OF AIR; CHEMICAL ASPECTS OF BANDAGES, DRESSINGS, ABSORBENT PADS OR SURGICAL ARTICLES; MATERIALS FOR BANDAGES, DRESSINGS, ABSORBENT PADS OR SURGICAL ARTICLES
    • A61L2430/00Materials or treatment for tissue regeneration
    • A61L2430/02Materials or treatment for tissue regeneration for reconstruction of bones; weight-bearing implants

Definitions

  • the annual incidence of foot ulcers is about 1 in 30, with underlying osteomyelitis in up to two-thirds of the cases.
  • PHIS Pediatric Health Information System
  • Staphylococcus aureus S.aureus
  • MSSA methicillin-susceptible
  • MRSA methicillin-resistant
  • Persistent bone infections such as jaw osteomyelitis, osteomyelitis at other skeletal sites and osteonecrosis can culminate in significant bone resorption and destruction of bone and hydroxyapatite (HA) mineral.
  • Bone and HA resorption is thought to be induced and mediated not only by bone cells, i.e. osteoclasts, but also microbial biofilm pathogens in combination with host inflammatory responses and osteodastogenic activity.
  • Biofilms are a complex microbial community composed of one or more bacterial species attached to a substrate and surrounded by a self- produced extracellular matrix. Many different types of microbial infections are known to be caused by organisms growing in a biofilm state. Bacterial biofilms of Staphylococcus aureus (S. aureus) are the dominant cause of biofilm- associated infections in health care systems and are associated with serious infections such as osteomyelitis.
  • Osteomyelitis is associated with significant morbidity and mortality.
  • Surgery and antimicrobial therapy often intravenous and longer-term antibiotics, are mainstays of osteomyelitis management.
  • Surgery can involve conservative removal of infected bone or more aggressive modalities such as resection.
  • treatment of infectious bone disease is mainly antimicrobial therapy with or without surgical intervention depending on clinicopathologic factors.
  • Antibiotics however, have poor bone absorption and pharmacokinetics in vivo. Therefore, any improvement in bone bioavailability of therapeutic antibiotics would be a significant advancement in treating osteomyelitis.
  • polymethylmethacrylate beads represent the majority of non-biodegradable carrier systems used to deliver antibiotics to orthopedic infections, but they require surgical removal upon completion of drug release. They also tend to release antibiotics in an initial burst pattern that quickly depletes the bulk of the drug from the carrier beads, followed by a slow release at lower concentrations that may not be adequate to control infection and may foster development of resistance. These concerns limit the usefulness of this approach in the majority of bone and joint infections.
  • Dental has used local delivery of antimicrobials to treat infected jawbone associated with conditions like periodontal bone loss, jaw osteomyelitis and osteonecrosis in order to reach high local concentrations of drug, but these modalities are often ineffective without surgical intervention and bone bioavailability of antibiotic is poor.
  • Antibiotic-impregnated cement used primarily at the time of first debridement of an infected implant to improve control of the infection, is not generally used in the treatment of bone and joint infections of native bone without implanted hardware. Concerns about prolonged sub-therapeutic antibiotic concentrations and selection of resistant organisms also apply to cement.
  • An ideal antibiotic delivery system is one that targets bone tissue without the need for surgical implantation or removal. Such targeting also minimizes systemic doses and exposure of tissues other than bone to antibiotics, therefore reducing the risk of adverse effects or selective pressure facilitating the emergence of resistant organisms. Reduced dosing frequency made possible by achieving prolonged concentrations of the antibiotic at the site of infection is another potential major benefit.
  • BP quinolone antibiotic compounds in various aspects, are BP quinolone antibiotic compounds, conjugates and formulations, and various methods of use thereof, to address the aforementioned needs.
  • a“target and release” chemistry approach involving delivery of a quinolone antibiotic to bone or hydroxyapatite (HA) surfaces via BP conjugates is provided, in particular to sites where bone infections have initiated and elevated bone metabolism has taken place.
  • Relatively serum-stable drug- BP linkers can be utilized that metabolize and release the parent quinolone antibiotic most preferentially at the bone surface.
  • the BP quinolone compounds, conjugates and formulations can contain a bisphosphonate (BP) that can be releasably conjugated to a quinolone compound or analog.
  • the BP has an alpha substituent and the alpha subsitutent is a hydroxy, amino or thiol group.
  • the quinolone can be conjugated directly or indirectly to the BP at the geminal carbon alpha substituent of the BP, a described in any one or more aspects herein.
  • the quinolone is reversibly coupled or conjugated to a geminal hydroxy, amino or thiol group on the carbon between the two phosphonate groups of the BP.
  • the two phosphonate groups operate to weaken the linkage of the quinolone to the BP, and the BP is activating the linker that reversibly couples or conjugates the quinolone to the BP upon release of the quinolone from the BP.
  • the BP can be etidronate, methylene hydroxy bisphosphonate (MHBP) or pamidronate, preferably etidronate or MHBP.
  • the BP can be an inactive or a low active BP, as described herein.
  • the BP quinolone compound or conjugate can be administered systemically to selectively deliver a quinolone to the skeleton and, in particular, to infected bone sites, or locally when combined with bone grafts or bone graft substitutes (i.e., can target bone, bone infections, or other high bone metabolism sites) in a subject.
  • the BP quinolone compound or conjugate can release the quinolone, in particular a quinolone compound, substituent or derivative thereof.
  • Also provided herein are methods of synthesizing BP quinolone compounds, conjugates and methods of treating or preventing osteomyelitis or other bone infections with one or more of the BP quinolone compounds, conjugates and/or formulations provided herein.
  • BP quinolone compounds and conjugates that can contain a bisphosphonate (BP) that can be releasably conjugated to a quinolone.
  • BP bisphosphonate
  • the BP quinolone compound or conjugate can selectively deliver a quinolone to bone, bone grafts, and or bone graft substitutes in particular to sites of higher bone metabolism where bone infections have initiated in a subject.
  • the BP quinolone compound or conjugate can release the quinolone.
  • the BP is etidronate conjugated to a fluoroquinolone antibiotic such as ciprofloxacin, moxifloxacin or sitafloxacin.
  • the BP is etidronate conjugated to a non-fluoroquinolone such as nemonoxacin.
  • the conjugate can be a compound according to Formula (41), Formula (43), Formula (44) or Formula (45).
  • compositions or formulations containing a compound according to Formula (41), Formula (43), Formula (44) and/or Formula (45), and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • Preferred releasable linkers, as described herein, are more or less stable in the bloodstream shortly after administration and more or less slowly cleaved in the bone / skeletal compartments of the body to slowly release quinolone antibiotic compounds, substituents or derivatives locally.
  • the BP quinolone compound can be comprised of a quinolone antibiotic analog or substituent according to the following structure or Formula (A),
  • R 2 can and wherein R 3 can be either H or OCH3, and wherein R 4 can be H, and wherein R 5 can be H or F.
  • the quinolone of Formula (A) can be linked to a bisphosphonate (BP).
  • BP bisphosphonate
  • a compound or conjugate comprising a bisphosphonate (BP) and a quinolone compound or analog is provided wherein the BP can have an alpha substituent and the alpha substituent can be a hydroxy, amino or thiol group.
  • the quinolone can be directly or indirectly conjugated to the BP at the germinal carbon alpha substituent (X) of the BP, as illustrated in the formula below. quinolone conjugates between alpha-X containing BP and quinolone
  • X O, NH, NR 1 , S
  • R 1 can be alkyl or substituted alkyl, aryl or subsituted aryl groups wherein R can be H, substituted and unsubstituted alkyl, alkyl amino, alkyl-aryl, aryl, alkylheteroaryl, or heteroaryl.
  • Preferred BPs are those that have a germinal hydroxy group on the carbon between the two phosphonate groups.
  • a generic analog of such a BP is illustrated in Fig. 25.
  • the BP be an alpha-OH containing BP and wherein the quinolone is directly or indirectly conjugated to the BP at the geminal OH of the BP.
  • the bisphosphonate can be ethylidenebisphosphonate moiety (etidronate) that can be substituted by hydroxy (an alpha-hydroxy), amino or thiol.
  • the bisphosphonate can include a para-hydroxyphenylethylidene group or derivative thereof.
  • the BP can be a clinically known BP, such as pamidronate, alendronate, risedronate, zoledronate, minodronate, neridronate, and etidronate, which can be unmodified or modified as described herein.
  • the BP can be etidronate.
  • Etidronate can be linked to a quinolone to form a quinolone antibiotic etidronate-ciprofloxacin (ECC) conjugate, such as in Formula (41) or to form an etidronate moxifloxacin (ECX) conjugate such as in Formula (43) herein.
  • ECC quinolone antibiotic etidronate-ciprofloxacin
  • ECX etidronate moxifloxacin
  • the linker, L can be a compound that is cleavable, meaning that it reversibly couples the quinolone analog or compound, in particular a quinolone antimicrobial or antibiotic analog or substituent thereof, to the BP.
  • the term“cleavable” can mean a group that is chemically or biochemically unstable under physiological conditions.
  • the linker can be a carbamate, having a structure or Formula (B) below
  • R 3 for coupling a quinolone, R 2 , to a BP, R 1 , as described herein, and R 3 can be substituted and unsubstituted alkyl, acetyl, benzoyl or other amides, phenyl and substituted phenyl, preferably H.
  • the linker can be a carbonate, having a structure or Formula (C) below
  • the linker can be an alkyl or an aryl carbamate linker.
  • the linker can be an O-thioaryl or thioalkyl carbamate linker.
  • the linker can be an S-thioaryl or thioalkyl carbamate linker.
  • the linker can be a phenyl carbamate linker.
  • the linker can be a thiocarbamate linker.
  • the linker can be an O-thiocarbamate linker.
  • the linker can be an S-thiocarbamate linker.
  • the linker can be an ester linker.
  • the linker can be a dithiocarbamate.
  • the linker can be a urea linker.
  • the linker can be part of the R 1 group of Formula (A) along with the BP and couple the BP to the quinolone, as described herein.
  • the linker can be exemplified by any one of Formula (D) - Formula (H) below, wherein: R 2 can be a quinolone or a quinolone substituent or derivative and R 1 can be a BP, both as described herein; and R 3 can be substituted and unsubstituted alkyl, acetyl, benzoyl or other amides, phenyl and substituted phenyl, preferably H.
  • the BP is etidronate. In some aspects, the quinolone is ciprofloxacin or moxifloxacin. In some aspects, the BP is etidronate, the quinolone is ciprofloxacin and the linker is an alkyl or an aryl carbamate or a linker of Formula (F) providing the compound of Formula (41). In some aspects, the BP is etidronate, the quinolone is moxifloxacin and the linker is an alkyl or an aryl carbamate or a linker of Formula (F) providing the compound of Formula (43).
  • the BP is etidronate
  • the quinolone is sitafloxacin or nemonoxacin
  • the linker is an alkyl or an aryl carbamate or a linker of Formula (F) providing the compound of Formula (44) or Formula (45) below.
  • the BP can be another BP described herein, such as pamidronate, neridronate, olpadronate, alendronate, ibandronate, minodronate, risedronate, zoledronate, hydroxymethylenebisphosphonate, and combinations thereof.
  • compositions that can contain a bisphosphonate (BP) and a quinolone compound of Formula (A), wherein the quinolone compound is releasably coupled to the bisphosphonate via a linker, L; and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • BP bisphosphonate
  • L linker
  • BP bisphosphonate
  • quinolone compound is releasably coupled to the bisphosphonate via a linker.
  • the BP can be selected from the group of: hydroxyl phenyl alkyl or aryl bisphosphonates, hydroxyl phenyl (or aryl) alkyl hydroxyl bisphosphonates, amino phenyl(or aryl) alkyl bisphosphonates, amino phenyl(or aryl) alkyl hydroxyl bisphosphonates, hydroxyl alkyl bisphosphonates, hydroxyl alkyl hydroxyl bisphosphonates, hydroxyl alkyl phenyl(or aryl) alkyl bisphosphonates, hydroxyl phenyl(or aryl) alkyl hydroxyl bisphosphonates, amino phenyl(or aryl) alkyl bisphosphonates, amino phenyl(or aryl) alkyl bisphosphonates, amino phenyl(or aryl) alkyl bisphosphonates, amino phenyl(or aryl) alkyl bisphosphonates, amino phenyl(or aryl
  • the quinolone compound can be a fluoroquinolone or a non-fluoroquinolone.
  • the quinolone compound can be selected from the group of: alatrofloxacin, amifloxacin, balofloxacin, besifloxacin, cadazolid, ciprofloxacin, clinafloxacin, danofloxacin, delafloxacin, difloxacin, enoxacin, enrofloxacin, finafloxacin, flerofloxacin, flumequine, gatifloxacin, gemifloxacin, grepafloxacin, ibafloxacin, JNJ- Q2, levofloxacin, lomefloxacin, marbofloxacin, moxifloxacin, nadifloxacin, norfloxacin, ofloxacin, orbifloxacin, pa
  • the BP is etidronate.
  • the quinolone is ciprofloxacin or moxifloxacin.
  • the BP can be another BP described herein, such as pamidronate, neridronate, olpadronate, alendronate, ibandronate, minodronate, risedronate, zoledronate, hydroxymethylenebisphosphonate, and combinations thereof.
  • the quinolone compound can have a structure according to Formula (A),
  • R 1 can be substituents including alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, phenyl, substituted phenyl, aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, halo, hydroxyl, alkoxy, substituted alkoxy, phenoxy, substituted phenoxy, aroxy, substituted aroxy, alkylthio, substituted alkylthio, phenylthio, substituted phenylthio, arylthio, substituted arylthio, cyano, isocyano, substituted isocyano, carbonyl, substituted carbonyl, carboxyl, substituted carboxyl, amino, substituted amino, amido, substituted amido, sulfonyl, substituted sulfonyl, sulfonic acid, phosphoryl, substituted phosphoryl, phosphonyl, substituted phosphonyl
  • R 2 can be substituents including alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, phenyl, substituted phenyl, aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, halo, hydroxyl, alkoxy, substituted alkoxy, phenoxy, substituted phenoxy, aroxy, substituted aroxy, alkylthio, substituted alkylthio, phenylthio, substituted phenylthio, arylthio, substituted arylthio, cyano, isocyano, substituted isocyano, carbonyl, substituted carbonyl, carboxyl, substituted carboxyl, amino, substituted amino, amido, substituted amido, sulfonyl, substituted sulfonyl, sulfonic acid, phosphoryl, substituted phosphoryl, phosphonyl, substituted phosphonyl
  • R 3 can be substituents including alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, phenyl, substituted phenyl, aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, halo, hydroxyl, alkoxy, substituted alkoxy, phenoxy, substituted phenoxy, aroxy, substituted aroxy, alkylthio, substituted alkylthio, phenylthio, substituted phenylthio, arylthio, substituted arylthio, cyano, isocyano, substituted isocyano, carbonyl, substituted carbonyl, carboxyl, substituted carboxyl, amino, substituted amino, amido, substituted amido, sulfonyl, substituted sulfonyl, sulfonic acid, phosphoryl, substituted phosphoryl, phosphonyl, substituted phosphonyl
  • R 4 can be substituents including alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, phenyl, substituted phenyl, aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, halo, hydroxyl, alkoxy, substituted alkoxy, phenoxy, substituted phenoxy, aroxy, substituted aroxy, alkylthio, substituted alkylthio, phenylthio, substituted phenylthio, arylthio, substituted arylthio, cyano, isocyano, substituted isocyano, carbonyl, substituted carbonyl, carboxyl, substituted carboxyl, amino, substituted amino, amido, substituted amido, sulfonyl, substituted sulfonyl, sulfonic acid, phosphoryl, substituted phosphoryl, phosphonyl, substituted phosphonyl
  • R 5 can be H or F.
  • the linker can be as described in any one or more aspects elsewhere herein.
  • the linker can be attached to the R 1 group of Formula (A).
  • the BP can have an alpha substituent and the alpha substituent is a hydroxy, amino or thiol group.
  • the quinolone can be directly or indirectly conjugated to the BP at the germinal carbon alpha substituent (X) of the BP, as illustrated in the formula below. quinolone conjugates between alpha-X containing BP and quinolone
  • R 1 can be alkyl or substituted alkyl, aryl or subsituted aryl groups wherein R can be H, substituted and unsubstituted alkyl, alkyl amino, alkyl-aryl, aryl, alkylheteroaryl, or heteroaryl.
  • Preferred BPs are those that have a germinal hydroxy group on the carbon between the two phosphonate groups.
  • the bisphosphonate can be an ethylidenebisphosphonate moiety (etidronate) that can be substituted by hydroxy (an alpha- hydroxy), amino or thiol.
  • the bisphosphonate can include a para- hydroxyphenylethylidene group or derivative thereof.
  • the BP can be a clinically known BP, such as pamidronate, alendronate, risedronate, zoledronate, minodronate, neridronate, and etidronate, which can be unmodified or modified as described herein.
  • the compound has a formula according to Formula (41), Formula (43), Formula (44) or Formula (45).
  • compositions that can contain a bisphosphonate and a quinolone compound, wherein the quinolone compound is releasably coupled to the bisphosphonate via a linker; and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • the bisphosphonate can be selected from the group of: hydroxyl phenyl alkyl or aryl bisphosphonates, hydroxyl phenyl (or aryl) alkyl hydroxyl bisphosphonates, amino phenyl(or aryl) alkyl bisphosphonates, amino phenyl(or aryl) alkyl hydroxyl bisphosphonates, hydroxyl alkyl bisphosphonates, hydroxyl alkyl hydroxyl bisphosphonates, hydroxyl alkyl phenyl(or aryl) alkyl bisphosphonates, hydroxyl phenyl(or aryl) alkyl bisphosphonates, amino phenyl(or aryl) alkyl bisphosphonates, amino phenyl(or aryl
  • the quinolone compound can be a fluoroquinolone or a non-fluoroquinolone.
  • the quinolone compound can be selected from the group of: alatrofloxacin, amifloxacin, balofloxacin, besifloxacin, cadazolid, ciprofloxacin, clinafloxacin, danofloxacin, delafloxacin, difloxacin, enoxacin, enrofloxacin, finafloxacin, flerofloxacin, flumequine, gatifloxacin, gemifloxacin, grepafloxacin, ibafloxacin, JNJ-Q2, levofloxacin, lomefloxacin, marbofloxacin, moxifloxacin, nadifloxacin, norfloxacin, ofloxacin, orbifloxacin, pazufloxacin, pefloxacin,
  • the quinolone compound can have a structure according to Formula (A),
  • R 1 can be substituents including alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, phenyl, substituted phenyl, aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, halo, hydroxyl, alkoxy, substituted alkoxy, phenoxy, substituted phenoxy, aroxy, substituted aroxy, alkylthio, substituted alkylthio, phenylthio, substituted phenylthio, arylthio, substituted arylthio, cyano, isocyano, substituted isocyano, carbonyl, substituted carbonyl, carboxyl, substituted carboxyl, amino, substituted amino, amido, substituted amido, sulfonyl, substituted sulfonyl, sulfonic acid, phosphoryl, substituted phosphoryl, phosphonyl, substituted phosphonyl
  • R 2 can be substituents including alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, phenyl, substituted phenyl, aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, halo, hydroxyl, alkoxy, substituted alkoxy, phenoxy, substituted phenoxy, aroxy, substituted aroxy, alkylthio, substituted alkylthio, phenylthio, substituted phenylthio, arylthio, substituted arylthio, cyano, isocyano, substituted isocyano, carbonyl, substituted carbonyl, carboxyl, substituted carboxyl, amino, substituted amino, amido, substituted amido, sulfonyl, substituted sulfonyl, sulfonic acid, phosphoryl, substituted phosphoryl, phosphonyl, substituted phosphonyl
  • R 3 can be substituents including alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, phenyl, substituted phenyl, aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, halo, hydroxyl, alkoxy, substituted alkoxy, phenoxy, substituted phenoxy, aroxy, substituted aroxy, alkylthio, substituted alkylthio, phenylthio, substituted phenylthio, arylthio, substituted arylthio, cyano, isocyano, substituted isocyano, carbonyl, substituted carbonyl, carboxyl, substituted carboxyl, amino, substituted amino, amido, substituted amido, sulfonyl, substituted sulfonyl, sulfonic acid, phosphoryl, substituted phosphoryl, phosphonyl, substituted phosphonyl
  • R 4 can be substituents including alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, phenyl, substituted phenyl, aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, halo, hydroxyl, alkoxy, substituted alkoxy, phenoxy, substituted phenoxy, aroxy, substituted aroxy, alkylthio, substituted alkylthio, phenylthio, substituted phenylthio, arylthio, substituted arylthio, cyano, isocyano, substituted isocyano, carbonyl, substituted carbonyl, carboxyl, substituted carboxyl, amino, substituted amino, amido, substituted amido, sulfonyl, substituted sulfonyl, sulfonic acid, phosphoryl, substituted phosphoryl, phosphonyl, substituted phosphonyl
  • R 5 can be H or F.
  • the linker can be as described in any one or more aspects elsewhere herein.
  • the linker can be attached to the R 1 group of Formula (A).
  • the BP can have an alpha substituent and the alpha substituent is a hydroxy, amino or thiol group.
  • the quinolone can be directly or indirectly conjugated to the BP at the germinal carbon alpha substituent (X) of the BP, as illustrated in the formula below.
  • X O, NH, NR 1 , S
  • R 1 can be alkyl or substituted alkyl, aryl or subsituted aryl groups wherein R can be H, substituted and unsubstituted alkyl, alkyl amino, alkyl-aryl, aryl, alkylheteroaryl, or heteroaryl.
  • Preferred BPs are those that have a geminal hydroxy group on the carbon between the two phosphonate groups.
  • the bisphosphonate can be an ethylidenebisphosphonate moiety (etidronate) that can be substituted by hydroxy (an alpha-hydroxy), amino or thiol.
  • the bisphosphonate can include a para-hydroxyphenylethylidene group or derivative thereof.
  • the BP can be a clinically known BP, such as pamidronate, alendronate, risedronate, zoledronate, minodronate, neridronate, and etidronate, which can be unmodified or modified as described herein.
  • the formulation includes a compound that has a formula according to Formula (41 ), Formula (43), Formula (44) and/or Formula (45) herein.
  • the amount of the compound or conjugate in the pharmaceutical formulation can be an amount effective to kill or inhibit bacteria.
  • the amount of the compound or conjugate in the pharmaceutical formulation can be an amount effective to treat, inhibit, or prevent a bone disease.
  • the amount of the compound or conjugate in the pharmaceutical formulation can be an amount effective to treat, inhibit, or prevent osteomyelitis, osteonecrosis, peri-implantitis, and/or periodontitis.
  • the amount of the compound or conjugate in the pharmaceutical formulation can be an amount effective for prophylaxis treatment of any of the foregoing.
  • methods are provided of preparing a bisphosphonate-quinolone compound, conjugate or formulation thereof, comprising linking a bisphosphonate with a quinolone compound or substituent as described in any one or more aspects herein. Methods are also provided for use of any one or more bisphosphonate-quinolone compounds or conjugates in the preparation of a pharmaceutical or medicament for the treatment of any one or more of the diseases mentioned herein.
  • bone graft compositions that can include a bone graft material and a compound as described herein or a pharmaceutical formulation thereof, wherein the compound or pharmaceutical formulation thereof is attached to, integrated with, chemisorbed to, or mixed with the bone graft material.
  • the bone graft material can be autograft bone material, allograft bone material, xenograft bone material, a synthetic bone graft material, or any combination thereof.
  • Fig. 1 shows a scanning electron micrograph (SEM; 100x magnification) of a surgical specimen from a patient with chronic osteomyelitis showing characteristic multi-layered and matrix-enclosed biofilms colonizing bone surfaces internally and externally; inset top right shows high-power view (5000x magnification) of the causative staphylococcal biofilm pathogens.
  • SEM scanning electron micrograph
  • Fig. 2 demonstrates the general BP quinolone conjugate targeting strategy.
  • Fig. 3 shows an embodiment of a BP-FQ conjugate.
  • Fig. 4 shows additional BP-Ab conjugate design.
  • Fig. 5 shows an embodiment of a synthesis scheme for synthesis of BP-Ab conjugates with an O-thiocarbamate linker.
  • Fig. 6 shows an embodiment of a scheme for synthesis of alpha-OH protected BP esters.
  • Fig. 7 shows an embodiment of a scheme for synthesis of BP 3-linker 3-ciprofloxacin.
  • Fig. 8 shows a BP-carbamate-moxifloxacin BP conjugate and synthesis scheme.
  • Fig. 9 shows a BP-carbamate-gatifloxacin BP conjugate and synthesis scheme.
  • Fig. 10 shows a BP-p-Hydroxyphenyl Acetic Acid-ciprofloxacin BP conjugate and synthesis scheme.
  • Fig. 11 shows a BP-OH-ciprofloxacin BP conjugate and synthesis scheme.
  • Fig. 12 shows a BP-O-Thiocarbamate-ciprofloxacin BP conjugate and synthesis scheme.
  • Fig. 13 shows a BP-S-Thiocarbamate-ciprofloxacin BP conjugate and synthesis scheme.
  • Fig. 14 shows a BP-Resorcinol-ciprofloxacin BP conjugate and synthesis scheme.
  • Fig. 15 shows a BP-Hydroquinone-ciprofloxacin BP conjugate and synthesis scheme.
  • Fig. 16 shows one embodiment of a genus structure for a genus of BP-Fluoroquinolones.
  • Fig. 17 shows various BP-fluoroquinolone conjugates.
  • Fig. 18 shows one embodiment of a genus structure for a genus of a phosphonate containing an aryl group.
  • Fig. 19 shows various BPs, where X can be F, Cl, Br, or I.
  • Fig. 20 shows various BP’s with terminal primary amines.
  • Fig. 21 shows various BPs coupled to a linker containing a terminal hydroxyl and amine functional groups where R can be Risedronate, Zoledronate, Minodronate, Pamidronate, or Alendronate.
  • Fig. 22 shows various BP-pamidronate-ciprofloxacin conjugates.
  • Fig. 23 shows various BP-Alendronate-ciprofloxacin conjugates.
  • FIG. 24 depicts examples of pharmacologically inert BPs used in the present conjugation: medium (A/E), high (B/F), and low (C/G) affinity BPs and longer phenylalkyl chain BP (D/H).
  • FIG. 25 depicts examples of pharmacologically low active BPs that can be used in the present conjugation.
  • FIG. 26 depicts the results of dynamic monitoring of biofilm growth in the presence of different concentrations of conjugates.
  • Culture ( - ) S. aureus with ECC 2 pg/ml I ( . ),
  • FIG. 27 depicts S. aureus MICso analysis for ECC & ECX. ECC ( - ), ECX ( - ).
  • FIG. 28 depicts the results of dynamic monitoring of biofilm growth in the presence of different concentrations of parent antibiotics.
  • FIG. 29 depicts S. aureus MICso analysis for Cipro & Moxi. Moxi ( - ), Cipro ( - ).
  • FIG. 30 depicts the results of dynamic monitoring of biofilm growth in the presence of
  • FIG. 31 depicts S. aureus MIC 5 o analysis for Cipro/Moxi+HA. Moxi ( - ), Cipro ( - ).
  • FIG. 32 depicts the results of dynamic monitoring of biofilm growth in the presence of
  • ECC/ECX+HA 10 pg/ml. Culture ( - ), S. aureus with ECC 1 pg/ml ( - ), ECC 5 pg/ml (— -
  • FIG. 33 depicts S. aureus MICso analysis for ECC/ECX+HA. ECX ( - ), ECC ( - ).
  • Embodiments of the present disclosure will employ, unless otherwise indicated, techniques of molecular biology, microbiology, nanotechnology, pharmacology, organic chemistry, biochemistry, botany and the like, which are within the skill of the art. Such techniques are explained fully in the literature.
  • subject refers to a vertebrate, preferably a mammal, more preferably a human. Mammals include, but are not limited to, murines, simians, humans, farm animals, sport animals, and pets.
  • the term“pet” includes a dog, cat, guinea pig, mouse, rat, rabbit, ferret, and the like.
  • the term“farm animal” includes a horse, sheep, goat, chicken, pig, cow, donkey, llama, alpaca, turkey, and the like.
  • control can refer to an alternative subject or sample used in an experiment for comparison purposes and included to minimize or distinguish the effect of variables other than an independent variable.
  • analog or“analogue,” such as an analogue of a bisphosphonate described herein can refer to a structurally close member of the parent molecule or an appended parent molecule such as a bisphosphonate.
  • conjugated can refer to direct attachment of two or more compounds to one another via one or more covalent or non-covalent bonds.
  • the term“conjugated” as used herein can also refer to indirect attachment of two or more compounds to one another through an intermediate compound, such as a linker.
  • “pharmaceutical formulation” refers to the combination of an active agent, compound, or ingredient with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or excipient, making the composition suitable for diagnostic, therapeutic, or preventive use in vitro, in vivo, or ex vivo.
  • “pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or excipient” refers to a carrier or excipient that is useful in preparing a pharmaceutical formulation that is generally safe, nontoxic, and is neither biologically or otherwise undesirable, and includes a carrier or excipient that is acceptable for veterinary use as well as human pharmaceutical use.
  • a “pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or excipient” as used in the specification and claims includes both one and more than one such carrier or excipient.
  • “pharmaceutically acceptable salt” refers to any acid or base addition salt whose counter-ions are non-toxic to the subject to which they are administered in pharmaceutical doses of the salts.
  • active agent or “active ingredient” refers to a component or components of a composition to which the whole or part of the effect of the composition is attributed.
  • dose refers to physically discrete units suitable for use in a subject, each unit containing a predetermined quantity of a BP conjugate, such as a BP quinolone conjugate, composition or formulation described herein calculated to produce the desired response or responses in association with its administration.
  • a BP conjugate such as a BP quinolone conjugate
  • “derivative” refers to any compound having the same or a similar core structure to the compound but having at least one structural difference, including substituting, deleting, and/or adding one or more atoms or functional groups.
  • the term“derivative” does not mean that the derivative is synthesized from the parent compound either as a starting material or intermediate, although this may be the case.
  • the term “derivative” can include prodrugs, or metabolites of the parent compound.
  • Derivatives include compounds in which free amino groups in the parent compound have been derivatized to form amine hydrochlorides, p-toluene sulfoamides, benzoxycarboamides, t-butyloxycarboamides, thiourethane-type derivatives, trifluoroacetylamides, chloroacetylamides, or formamides.
  • Derivatives include compounds in which carboxyl groups in the parent compound have been derivatized to form methyl and ethyl esters, or other types of esters, amides, hydroxamic acids, or hydrazides.
  • Derivatives include compounds in which hydroxyl groups in the parent compound have been derivatized to form O- acyl, O-carbamoyl, or O-alkyl derivatives.
  • Derivatives include compounds in which a hydrogen bond donating group in the parent compound is replaced with another hydrogen bond donating group such as OH, NH, or SH.
  • Derivatives include replacing a hydrogen bond acceptor group in the parent compound with another hydrogen bond acceptor group such as esters, ethers, ketones, carbonates, tertiary amines, imine, thiones, sulfones, tertiary amides, and sulfides.
  • “Derivatives” also includes extensions of the replacement of the cyclopentane ring, as an example, with saturated or unsaturated cyclohexane or other more complex, e.g., nitrogen- containing rings, and extensions of these rings with various groups.
  • administering refers to an administration that is oral, topical, intravenous, subcutaneous, transcutaneous, transdermal, intramuscular, intra-joint, parenteral, intra-arteriole, intradermal, intraventricular, intracranial, intraperitoneal, intralesional, intranasal, rectal, vaginal, by inhalation, or via an implanted reservoir.
  • parenteral includes subcutaneous, intravenous, intramuscular, intra-articular, intra-synovial, intrasternal, intrathecal, intrahepatic, intralesional, and intracranial injections or infusion techniques.
  • substituted refers to all permissible substituents of the compounds described herein.
  • the permissible substituents include acyclic and cyclic, branched and unbranched, carbocyclic and heterocyclic, aromatic and nonaromatic substituents of organic compounds.
  • Illustrative substituents include, but are not limited to, halogens, hydroxyl groups, or any other organic groupings containing any number of carbon atoms, e.g. 1-14 carbon atoms, and optionally include one or more heteroatoms such as oxygen, sulfur, or nitrogen grouping in linear, branched, or cyclic structural formats.
  • substituents include alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, phenyl, substituted phenyl, aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, halo, hydroxyl, alkoxy, substituted alkoxy, phenoxy, substituted phenoxy, aroxy, substituted aroxy, alkylthio, substituted alkylthio, phenylthio, substituted phenylthio, arylthio, substituted arylthio, cyano, isocyano, substituted isocyano, carbonyl, substituted carbonyl, carboxyl, substituted carboxyl, amino, substituted amino, amido, substituted amido, sulfonyl, substituted sulfonyl, sulfonic acid, phosphoryl, substituted phosphoryl, phosphonyl, substituted phosphonyl, polyaryl
  • substituted substituent or "suitable substituent” means a chemically and pharmaceutically acceptable group, i.e., a moiety that does not significantly interfere with the preparation of or negate the efficacy of the inventive compounds.
  • suitable substituents may be routinely chosen by those skilled in the art.
  • Suitable substituents include but are not limited to the following: a halo, C1-C6 alkyl, C2-C6 alkenyl, C1-C6 haloalkyl, C-i-Ce alkoxy, C1-C6 haloalkoxy, C2-C6 alkynyl, C3-C8 cycloalkenyl, (C3-C8 cycloalkyl)Ci-C6 alkyl, (C3-C8 cycloalkyl)C2-C6 alkenyl, (C3-C8 cycloalkyl)Ci-C6 alkoxy, C3-C7 heterocycloalkyl, (C3-C7 heterocycloalkyl)Ci-C6 alkyl, (C3- C7 heterocycloalkyl) C2-C6 alkenyl, (C3-C7 heterocycloalkyl)Ci-C 6 alkoxyl, hydroxy, carboxy, oxo, sul
  • alkyl refers to the radical of saturated aliphatic groups (i.e., an alkane with one hydrogen atom removed), including straight-chain alkyl groups, branched-chain alkyl groups, cycloalkyl (alicyclic) groups, alkyl-substituted cycloalkyl groups, and cycloalkyl-substituted alkyl groups.
  • a straight chain or branched chain alkyl can have 30 or fewer carbon atoms in its backbone (e.g., C1-C30 for straight chains, and C3-C30 for branched chains). In other embodiments, a straight chain or branched chain alkyl can contain 20 or fewer, 15 or fewer, or 10 or fewer carbon atoms in its backbone. Likewise, in some embodiments cycloalkyls can have 3-10 carbon atoms in their ring structure. In some of these embodiments, the cycloalkyl can have 5, 6, or 7 carbons in the ring structure.
  • alkyl (or “lower alkyl) as used herein is intended to include both “unsubstituted alkyls” and “substituted alkyls,” the latter of which refers to alkyl moieties having one or more substituents replacing a hydrogen on one or more carbons of the hydrocarbon backbone.
  • substituents include, but are not limited to, halogen, hydroxyl, carbonyl (such as a carboxyl, alkoxycarbonyl, formyl, or an acyl), thiocarbonyl (such as a thioester, a thioacetate, or a thioformate), alkoxyl, phosphoryl, phosphate, phosphonate, phosphinate, amino, amido, amidine, imine, cyano, nitro, azido, sulfhydryl, alkylthio, sulfate, sulfonate, sulfamoyl, sulfonamido, sulfonyl, heterocyclyl, aralkyl, or an aromatic or heteroaromatic moiety.
  • carbonyl such as a carboxyl, alkoxycarbonyl, formyl, or an acyl
  • thiocarbonyl such as a thioester, a thi
  • lower alkyl as used herein means an alkyl group, as defined above, but having from one to ten carbons in its backbone structure. Likewise, “lower alkenyl” and “lower alkynyl” have similar chain lengths.
  • the moieties substituted on the hydrocarbon chain can themselves be substituted, if appropriate.
  • the substituents of a substituted alkyl may include halogen, hydroxy, nitro, thiols, amino, azido, imino, amido, phosphoryl (including phosphonate and phosphinate), sulfonyl (including sulfate, sulfonamido, sulfamoyl and sulfonate), and silyl groups, as well as ethers, alkylthios, carbonyls (including ketones, aldehydes, carboxylates, and esters), -CF 3 , -CN and the like. Cycloalkyls can be substituted in the same manner.
  • heteroalkyl refers to straight or branched chain, or cyclic carbon-containing radicals, or combinations thereof, containing at least one heteroatom. Suitable heteroatoms include, but are not limited to, O, N, Si, P, Se, B, and S, wherein the phosphorous and sulfur atoms are optionally oxidized, and the nitrogen heteroatom is optionally quaternized. Heteroalkyls can be substituted as defined above for alkyl groups.
  • alkylthio refers to an alkyl group, as defined above, having a sulfur radical attached thereto.
  • the "alkylthio" moiety is represented by one of -S- alkyl, -S-alkenyl, and -S-alkynyl.
  • Representative alkylthio groups include methylthio, ethylthio, and the like.
  • alkylthio also encompasses cycloalkyl groups, alkene and cycloalkene groups, and alkyne groups.
  • Arylthio refers to aryl or heteroaryl groups. Alkylthio groups can be substituted as defined above for alkyl groups.
  • alkenyl and alkynyl refer to unsaturated aliphatic groups analogous in length and possible substitution to the alkyls described above, but that contain at least one double or triple bond respectively.
  • alkoxyl refers to an alkyl group, as defined above, having an oxygen radical attached thereto.
  • Representative alkoxyl groups include methoxy, ethoxy, propyloxy, tert-butoxy and the like.
  • An "ether” is two hydrocarbons covalently linked by an oxygen. Accordingly, the substituent of an alkyl that renders that alkyl is an ether or resembles an alkoxyl, such as can be represented by one of -O-alkyl, -O-alkenyl, and -O-alkynyl.
  • aromaticoxy and“aryloxy”, as used interchangeably herein, can be represented by -O-aryl or O-heteroaryl, wherein aryl and heteroaryl are as defined below.
  • the alkoxy and aroxy groups can be substituted as described above for alkyl.
  • amine and “amino” (and its protonated form) are art-recognized and refer to both unsubstituted and substituted amines, e.g., a moiety that can be represented by the general formula:
  • R, R’, and R each independently represent a hydrogen, an alkyl, an alkenyl, - (CH2)m-Rc or R and R’ taken together with the N atom to which they are attached complete a heterocycle having from 4 to 8 atoms in the ring structure;
  • R c represents an aryl, a cycloalkyl, a cycloalkenyl, a heterocycle or a polycycle; and
  • m is zero or an integer in the range of 1 to 8.
  • only one of R or R’ can be a carbonyl, e.g., R, R’ and the nitrogen together do not form an imide.
  • the term“amine” does not encompass amides, e.g., wherein one of R and R’ represents a carbonyl.
  • R and R’ each independently represent a hydrogen, an alkyl or cycloakly, an alkenyl or cycloalkenyl, or alkynyl.
  • alkylamine as used herein means an amine group, as defined above, having a substituted (as described above for alkyl) or unsubstituted alkyl attached thereto, i.e., at least one of R and R’ is an alkyl group.
  • the term "amido" is art-recognized as an amino-substituted carbonyl and includes a moiety that can be represented by the general formula:
  • “aryl” refers to Cs-Cio-membered aromatic, heterocyclic, fused aromatic, fused heterocyclic, biaromatic, or bihetereocyclic ring systems. Broadly defined,“aryl”, as used herein, includes 5-, 6-, 7-, 8-, 9-, and 10-membered single-ring aromatic groups that may include from zero to four heteroatoms, for example, benzene, pyrrole, furan, thiophene, imidazole, oxazole, thiazole, triazole, pyrazole, pyridine, pyrazine, pyridazine, pyrimidine, and the like.
  • aryl groups having heteroatoms in the ring structure may also be referred to as“aryl heterocycles” or“heteroaromatics.”
  • the aromatic ring can be substituted at one or more ring positions with one or more substituents including, but not limited to, halogen, azide, alkyl, aralkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, hydroxyl, alkoxyl, amino (or quaternized amino), nitro, sulfhydryl, imino, amido, phosphonate, phosphinate, carbonyl, carboxyl, silyl, ether, alkylthio, sulfonyl, sulfonamido, ketone, aldehyde, ester, heterocyclyl, aromatic or heteroaromatic moieties, -CF 3 , -CN, and combinations thereof.
  • the term“aryl” includes phenyl.
  • aryl also includes polycyclic ring systems having two or more cyclic rings in which two or more carbons are common to two adjoining rings (i.e. ,“fused rings”) wherein at least one of the rings is aromatic, e g., the other cyclic ring or rings can be cycloalkyls, cycloalkenyls, cycloalkynyls, aryls and/or heterocycles.
  • heterocyclic rings include, but are not limited to, benzimidazolyl, benzofuranyl, benzothiofuranyl, benzothiophenyl, benzoxazolyl, benzoxazolinyl, benzthiazolyl, benztriazolyl, benztetrazolyl, benzisoxazolyl, benzisothiazolyl, benzimidazolinyl, carbazolyl, 4aH carbazolyl, carbolinyl, chromanyl, chromenyl, cinnolinyl, decahydroquinolinyl, 2/-/,6/7-1 ,5,2-dithiazinyl, dihydrofuro[2,3 bjtetrahydrofuran, furanyl, furazanyl, imidazolidinyl, imidazolinyl, imidazolyl, 1H- indazolyl, indolenyl, indolinyl, indoli
  • aralkyl refers to an alkyl group substituted with an aryl group (e.g., an aromatic or heteroaromatic group).
  • aralkyloxy can be represented by -O-aralkyl, wherein aralkyl is as defined above.
  • carrier refers to an aromatic or non-aromatic ring(s) in which each atom of the ring(s) is carbon.
  • Heterocycle or“heterocyclic,” as used herein, refers to a monocyclic or bicyclic structure containing 3-10 ring atoms, and in some embodiments, containing from 5-6 ring atoms, wherein the ring atoms are carbon and one to four heteroatoms each selected from the following group of non-peroxide oxygen, sulfur, and N(Y) wherein Y is absent or is H, O, (C1-C10) alkyl, phenyl or benzyl, and optionally containing 1-3 double bonds and optionally substituted with one or more substituents.
  • heterocyclic rings include, but are not limited to, benzimidazolyl, benzofuranyl, benzothiofuranyl, benzothiophenyl, benzoxazolyl, benzoxazolinyl, benzthiazolyl, benztriazolyl, benztetrazolyl, benzisoxazolyl, benzisothiazolyl, benzimidazolinyl, carbazolyl, 4aH carbazolyl, carbolinyl, chromanyl, chromenyl, cinnolinyl, decahydroquinolinyl, 2H.6H-1 ,5,2-dithiazinyl , dihydrofuro[2,3 b]tetrahydrofuran, furanyl, furazanyl, imidazolidinyl, imidazolinyl, imidazolyl, 1 H-indazolyl, indolenyl, indolinyl, indolizin
  • Heterocyclic groups can optionally be substituted with one or more substituents at one or more positions as defined above for alkyl and aryl, for example, halogen, alkyl, aralkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, hydroxyl, amino, nitro, sulfhydryl, imino, amido, phosphate, phosphonate, phosphinate, carbonyl, carboxyl, silyl, ether, alkylthio, sulfonyl, ketone, aldehyde, ester, a heterocyclyl, an aromatic or heteroaromatic moiety, -CF 3 , -CN, or the like.
  • the terms“heterocycle” or“heterocyclic” can be used to describe a compound that can include a heterocycle or heterocyclic ring.
  • carbonyl is art-recognized and includes such moieties as can be represented by the general formula: wherein X is a bond or represents an oxygen or a sulfur, and R and R’ are as defined above. Where X is an oxygen and R or R’ is not hydrogen, the formula represents an "ester”. Where X is an oxygen and R is as defined above, the moiety is referred to herein as a carboxyl group, and particularly when R is a hydrogen, the formula represents a "carboxylic acid.” Where X is an oxygen and R’ is hydrogen, the formula represents a "formate.” In general, where the oxygen atom of the above formula is replaced by sulfur, the formula represents a "thiocarbonyl" group.
  • heteroatom as used herein means an atom of any element other than carbon or hydrogen.
  • exemplary heteroatoms include, but are not limited to, boron, nitrogen, oxygen, phosphorus, sulfur, silicon, arsenic, and selenium.
  • Heteroatoms, such as nitrogen can have hydrogen substituents and/or any permissible substituents of organic compounds described herein which satisfy the valences of the heteroatoms. It is understood that“substitution” or “substituted” includes the implicit proviso that such substitution is in accordance with permitted valence of the substituted atom and the substituent, and that the substitution results in a stable compound, i.e. , a compound that does not spontaneously undergo transformation such as by rearrangement, cyclization, elimination, etc.
  • hydroxy refers to a— OH radical.
  • nitro refers to -NO2;
  • halogen designates -F, -Cl, -Br, or -I ;
  • sulfhydryl refers to -SH;
  • hydroxyl refers to -OH;
  • sulfonyl refers to -SO2-
  • “carbamate” can be used to refer to a compound derived from carbamic acid (NH2COOH) and can include carbamate esters.“Carbamates” can have the general structure of:
  • Ri, R 2 , and R 3 can be any permissible substituent.
  • carbonate can be used to refer to a compound derived from carbonic acid (H2CO3) and can include carbonate esters.“Carbonates” can have the general structure of:
  • “effective amount” can refer to the amount of a composition described herein or pharmaceutical formulation described herein that will elicit a desired biological or medical response of a tissue, system, animal, plant, protozoan, bacteria, yeast or human that is being sought by the researcher, veterinarian, medical doctor or other clinician.
  • the desired biological response can be modulation of bone formation and/or remodeling, including but not limited to modulation of bone resorption and/or uptake of the BP conjugates, such as the BP quinolone conjugates, described herein.
  • the effective amount will vary depending on the exact chemical structure of the composition or pharmaceutical formulation, the causative agent and/or severity of the infection, disease, disorder, syndrome, or symptom thereof being treated or prevented, the route of administration, the time of administration, the rate of excretion, the drug combination, the judgment of the treating physician, the dosage form, and the age, weight, general health, sex and/or diet of the subject to be treated.“Effective amount” can refer to the amount of a compositions described herein that is effective to inhibit the growth of or reproduction of a microorganism, including but not limited to a bacterium or population thereof.
  • Effective amount can refer to the amount of a compositions described herein that is kill a microorganism, including but not limited to a bacterium or population thereof.“Effective amount” can refer to the amount of a compositions described herein that is effective to treat and/or prevent osteomyelitis in a subject in need thereof.
  • quinolone “quinolone antimicrobial molecule,” and “oxazolidinone antimicrobial agent,” or“substituents” or“derivatives thereof and related terms, have the same meaning and refer to antimicrobial agents which are part of the well-known class of "quinolones,” as described in more detail herein.
  • therapeutic generally can refer to treating, healing, and/or ameliorating a disease, disorder, condition, or side effect, or to decreasing in the rate of advancement of a disease, disorder, condition, or side effect.
  • the term also includes within its scope enhancing normal physiological function, palliative treatment, and partial remediation of a disease, disorder, condition, side effect, or symptom thereof.
  • antibacterial includes those compounds that inhibit, halt or reverse growth of bacteria, those compounds that inhibit, halt, or reverse the activity of bacterial enzymes or biochemical pathways, those compounds that kill or injure bacteria, and those compounds that block or slow the development of a bacterial infection.
  • the terms “treating” and “treatment” can refer generally to obtaining a desired pharmacological and/or physiological effect.
  • the effect may be prophylactic in terms of preventing or partially preventing a disease, symptom or condition thereof.
  • the mitigation of a disease condition associated with a bacterial infection in a subject including mammals, such as a human, that is alleviated by a reduction of growth, replication, and/or propagation of any bacterium such as Gram-positive organisms, and includes curing, healing, inhibiting, relieving from, improving and/or alleviating, in whole or in part, the disease condition.
  • prophylaxis is intended to mean at least a reduction in the likelihood that a disease condition associated with a bacterial infection will develop in a mammal, preferably a human.
  • prevent and “prevention” are intended to mean blocking or stopping a disease condition associated with a bacterial infection from developing in a mammal, preferably a human.
  • the terms are related to the treatment of a mammal to reduce the likelihood ("prophylaxis") or prevent the occurrence of a bacterial infection, such as bacterial infection that may occur during or following a surgery involving bone reparation or replacement.
  • the terms also include reducing the likelihood ("prophylaxis") of or preventing a bacterial infection when the mammal is found to be predisposed to having a disease condition but not yet diagnosed as having it.
  • reducing the likelihood or prevent a bacterial infection in a mammal by administering a compound of Formula (1) and/or Formula (2), or a pharmaceutically acceptable prodrug, salt, active metabolite, or solvate thereof, before occurrence of such infection.
  • “synergistic effect,”“synergism,” or“synergy” refers to an effect arising between two or more molecules, compounds, substances, factors, or compositions that is greater than or different from the sum of their individual effects.
  • additive effect refers to an effect arising between two or more molecules, compounds, substances, factors, or compositions that is equal to or the same as the sum of their individual effects.
  • biocompatible refers to a material that along with any metabolites or degradation products thereof that are generally non-toxic to the recipient and do not cause any significant adverse effects to the recipient.
  • biocompatible materials are materials which do not elicit a significant inflammatory or immune response when administered to a patient.
  • osteomyelitis can refer to acute or chronic osteomyelitis, and/or diabetic foot osteomyelitis, diabetic chronic osteomyelitis, prosthetic joint infections, periodontitis, peri-implantitis, osteonecrosis, and/or hematogenous osteomyelitis and/or other bone infections.
  • osteomyelitis Infectious bone disease, or osteomyelitis, is a major problem worldwide in human and veterinary medicine and can be devastating due to the potential for limb-threatening sequelae and mortality.
  • the treatment approach to osteomyelitis is mainly antimicrobial, and often long-term, with surgical intervention in many cases to control infection.
  • the causative pathogens in most cases of long bone osteomyelitis are infections of Staphylococcus aureus, and corresponding biofilms, which are bound to bone in contrast to their planktonic (free-floating) counterparts.
  • Other bone infections and corresponding biofilms are known to arise from a broad spectrum of both gram positive and gram-negative bacteria.
  • biofilm-mediated nature of osteomyelitis is important in clinical and experimental settings because many biofilm pathogens are uncultivable and exhibit an altered phenotype with respect to growth rate and antimicrobial resistance (as compared to their planktonic counterparts).
  • the difficulty in eradicating biofilms with conventional antibiotics partly explains why the higher success rates of antimicrobial therapy in general have not yet been realized for orthopedic infections, along with the development of resistant biofilm pathogens, the poor penetration of antimicrobial agents in bone, and adverse events related to systemic toxicity.
  • BPs bisphosphonates or substituted methylidine bisphosphonate moieties, commonly referred to as“bisphosphonates” (BPs) are therapeutic agents for the treatment of many bone disorders.
  • the bisphosphonate P-C-P group mimics the P-O-P bond of the naturally- occurring mediator of bone metabolism, inorganic pyrophosphate.
  • the structural relationship of pyrophosphate and methylene bisphosphonates in acid form is shown below.
  • Individual BPs can be defined by the covalently attached substituents Ri, and R 2 .
  • the bridging carbon of the bisphosphonate can be substituted with modifying groups (Ri, R 2 ) to confer specific biological properties on the derivative.
  • BPs exhibit strong binding affinity to HA, the major inorganic material found in bone, particularly at sites of high bone turnover, and they are exceptionally stable to both chemical and biological degradation. It is often underappreciated that BPs also traverse through soft and hard tissues of the body (e.g. endothelium, periosteum, HA) to target bone and the canalicular network and vascular canals within bones. These highly specific bone-targeting properties of BPs make them ideal carriers to deliver drugs or macromolecules to bone surfaces.
  • Quinolone, and in particular fluoroquinolone, antibiotics conjugated to bisphosphonates (BPs), for example osteoadsorptive BPs, represents a promising approach because of the long clinical track-record of safety of each constituent, and their advantageous biochemical properties.
  • BPs bisphosphonates
  • ciprofloxacin demonstrated the best binding and microbiological properties when bound to a BP.
  • Ciprofloxacin has several advantages for repurposing in this context: it can be administered orally or intravenously with relative bioequivalence, it has broad spectrum antimicrobial activity that includes the most commonly encountered osteomyelitis pathogens, it demonstrates bactericidal activity in clinically achievable doses, and it is the least expensive drug in the fluoroquinolone family.
  • BPs form strong bidentate and tridentate bonds with calcium and as a result concentrate in hydroxyapatite (HA), particularly at sites of active metabolism or infection and inflammation.
  • HA hydroxyapatite
  • BPs also exhibit exceptional stability against both chemical and biological degradation.
  • the concept of targeting ciprofloxacin to bone via conjugation with a BP has been discussed in a number of reports over the years.
  • BP quinolone conjugates that can contain a BP that can be releasably conjugated to a quinolone, such as ciprofloxacin, moxifloxacin, sitafloxacin or nemonoxacin.
  • the BP quinolone conjugate can selectively deliver a quinolone to bone, bone grafts, and or bone graft substitutes (i.e. can target bone, bone grafts, or bone graft substitutes) in a subject.
  • the BP quinolone conjugate can release the quinolone.
  • compositions provided herein can employ a“target and release linker” strategy, where a releasable and bone-specific targeting bisphosphonate-antibiotic (BP-Ab) conjugate can be made by attaching the antibiotic or antimicrobial agent, e.g. , a quinolone, to a BP.
  • BP-Ab releasable and bone-specific targeting bisphosphonate-antibiotic
  • the BP can be a pharmacologically inactive BP or pharmacologically low active BP using a cleavable or reversible linker, such as carbamate, thiocarbamate, hydrazone, hydrazone, et al., or carbonate, so that the antimicrobial agent can be released upon binding to bone surfaces by the decreased pH and/or enzymatic environment which is typically found at active sites of bone resorption or infection.
  • a cleavable or reversible linker such as carbamate, thiocarbamate, hydrazone, hydrazone, et al., or carbonate
  • the quinolone can be attached to a hydroxy BP, directly or indirectly, to the geminal hydroxyl group on the carbon between the two phosphonate groups of the BP. This is in contrast to use of an aryl carbamate to otherwise attach or link a quinolone to the BP at a site other than an alpha hydroxyl, alpha thiol, or alpha amino site.
  • the present disclosure utilizes carbamates (and relatives) that are uniquely activated by the alpha carbon or substituent of bisphosphonates for adequate release.
  • all analogs of known clinically used BPs are preferred. Etidronate and MH DP or methylene hydroxy BP may be most preferred.
  • the present chemistry and conjugate design also allows the cleavage to release two known (clinically used) drugs, the quinolone and the BP (in particular clinically used BPs). Carbon dioxide is the only other released component from the linker. Thus, no new safety questions exist for the released components.
  • Previously unknown was whether a linkage to the geminal hydroxy group of a bisphosphonate would cleave appropriately for this use to accomplish this (“target and release” based efficacy) goal in vivo.
  • unknown BPs that have not been used clinically, were used to create aryl carbamate linkages at sites other than the alpha carbon of the BP.
  • BPs that had not previously been studied in a human subject, allowed creation of an aryl carbamate-based conjugate to allow a release rate/cleavage rate that was useful for bioactivity.
  • release still occurs at a useful rate because a carbamate, via linkage to the geminal hydroxy group is sufficiently activated by the adjacent phosphonate groups to cleave adequately. Since this has now been found to occur, the present compounds, conjugates and formulations offer the opportunity to use many clinically known bisphosphonates within the conjugate because most have a geminal hydroxy group.
  • BP-quinolone release mechanism is depicted in FIG. 2 using ciprofloxacin as an exemplary quinolone.
  • a non-fluoroquinolone can also be conjugated to the BP as described herein.
  • This BP-Ab conjugate can have the ability to deliver and release the antimicrobial agent specifically to the infectious osteolytic site where higher bone metabolism is occurring.
  • Use of an inactive or low active BP can also offer a unique treatment option by providing a higher concentration of antimicrobial agent at the disease site and relatively lower systemic levels than with higher active BPs.
  • Other BP-quinolone compounds and conjugates, as described herein, can have the same or similar activity.
  • formulations can include an amount of a compound, conjugate or composition described herein and an additional compound (such as, but not limited to, a carrier, diluent, or other active agent or ingredient).
  • the formulation can be a pharmaceutical formulation that can contain a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • the compositions and/or formulations can be administered to a subject.
  • the subject can have a bone infection.
  • the compositions and formulations provided herein can be used to treat and/or prevent bone infection.
  • the compositions and formulations provide herein can provide, in some embodiments, bone specific delivery of an antimicrobial agent.
  • the linkages utilized herein are designed to allow maximum local antibacterial efficacy at the site of an infection where higher bone turnover exists, while also limiting exposure of lower turnover skeletal sites, non-skeletal sites, and distant compartments throughout the body from any adverse effect due to antibiotic or bisphosphonate components or conjugate.
  • the alpha hydoxy carbamate linkers and other related alpha carbon oriented linkers herein are specifically selected to have maximum stability in the bloodstream, while still having sensitivity to chemically cleave and release quinolone antibiotics at skeletal sites of bacterial infection, due to their sensitivity to the enzymatic processes and pH characteristics of that environment.
  • select, but not all, embodiments in this disclosure include the use of bisphosphonates that do not have significant pharmacological activity for the targeting component of these drug conjugates.
  • These“nonantiresorptive” or weak antiresorptive bisphosphonates have the characteristics of only targeting the antibiotic to the bone compartments described and do not have properties to otherwise affect bone metabolism directly. Examples include aryl carbamates and aryl thiocarbamates derived from substituted and unsubstituted 2-[4-aminophenyl]ethane 1 ,1 bisphosphonate and 2-[4-hydroxyphenyl]ethane 1 ,1 bisphosphonate.
  • carbamates derived from substituted and unsubstituted 2-[3- aminophenyljethane 1 ,1 bisphosphonate and 2-[3-hydroxyphenyl]ethane 1 ,1 bisphosphonate substituted and unsubstituted 2-[2-aminophenyl]ethane 1 ,1 bisphosphonate and 2-[2- hydroxyphenyljethane 1 ,1 bisphosphonate.
  • aryl dithiocarbamates derived from substituted and unsubstituted 2-[4-thiophenyl]ethane 1 ,1 bisphosphonate, 2-[3-thiophenyl]ethane 1 ,1 bisphosphonate, and 2-[2-thiophenyl]ethane 1 , 1 bisphosphonate.
  • the BP of the conjugate can be a pharmacologically inert or inactive BP.
  • Examples of pharmacologically inert or inactive BPs that can be conjugated with a quinolone as described herein are shown in FIG. 24.
  • the inert or inactive BP series for the conjugation can be 4- hydroxyphenylethylidene BP (FIG. 24A) or 4-aminophenylethylidene BP (FIG. 24E) having a medium mineral affinity.
  • Further analogs such as hydroxy BP (FIGS. 24B and 24F) (higher mineral affinity) and methyl BP (FIGS. 24C and 24G) (lower mineral affinity) can be used to adjust the concentration of the BP-Ab conjugates at bone.
  • Phenyl alkyl BPs with different chain lengths such as in FIGS. 24D and 24H (propyl or butyl vs. ethyl phenyl) can also be utilized to optimize the conjugation chemistry yields and conjugate stability.
  • the BP of the conjugate can be a pharmacologically low active BP.
  • pharmacologically low active BPs that can be conjugated with a quinolone as described herein are shown in FIG. 25.
  • low active BP we mean either the bisphosphonate or the dosage level of the bisphosphonate is not so high as to effect bone metabolism.
  • a higher active BP may be desired where it is desired to both effect bone metabolism and to deliver a quinolone antibiotic to inhibit and/or kill/effect bacteria on bone.
  • BP quinolone compounds conjugates and formulations thereof.
  • a BP can be conjugated to a quinolone via a linker.
  • the linker is a releasable linker.
  • the quinolone can be releasably attached via a linker to the BP.
  • the BP quinolone conjugate can selectively deliver and release the quinolone at or near bone, bone grafts, or bone graft substitutes (Fig. 2).
  • a BP fluoroquinolone conjugate can provide targeted delivery of a fluoroquinolone to bone and/or the areas proximate to bone.
  • the BP of the BP quinolone conjugates provided herein can be conjugated to any BP including but not limited to, hydroxyl phenyl alkyl or aryl bisphosphonates, hydroxyl phenyl (or aryl) alkyl hydroxyl bisphosphonates, amino phenyl(or aryl) alkyl bisphosphonates, amino phenyl(or aryl) alkyl hydroxyl bisphosphonates, hydroxyl alkyl bisphosphonates, hydroxyl alkyl hydroxyl bisphosphonates hydroxyl alkyl phenyl(or aryl) alkyl bisphosphonates, hydroxyl phenyl(or aryl) alkyl hydroxyl bisphosphonates, amino phenyl(or aryl) alkyl bisphosphonates, amino phenyl(or aryl) alkyl bisphosphonates, amino phenyl(or aryl) alkyl bisphosphonates, amino phenyl(or aryl)
  • the BP can be etidronate, pamidronate, neridronate, olpadronate, alendronate, ibandronate, minodronate, risedronate, zoledronate, hydroxymethylenebisphosphonate, and combinations thereof.
  • the bisphosphonate may also be substituted for phosphono phosphinic acid or phosphono carboxylic acid.
  • the BP can be pamidronate, alendronate, risedronate, zoledronate, minodronate, neridronate, etidronate, which can be unmodified or modified as described herein.
  • the BP is etidronate, MHBP, or pamidronate, unmodified or modified.
  • the BP can contain, or be modified to contain, linkages to an alpha subsitutent and the alpha subsitutent can be a hydroxy, amino or thiol group.
  • a antibiotic quinolone compound or analog can be conjugated directly or indirectly to the BP at a geminal carbon substituent of the BP.
  • the quinolone and/or a linker can also be coupled to a BP having an anti-resorptive effect that is significantly reduced or eliminated.
  • the aryl or phenyl can be substituted with a suitable substitutent at any position on the ring.
  • the aryl or phenyl ring of the BP is substituted with one or more electron donating species (e.g. F, N, and Cl).
  • Non-pharmacologically active BP variants may also be used for the purpose of quinolone delivery absent BP action.
  • the quinolone can be any quinolone, a fluoroquinolone or a non-fluoroquinolone including but not limited to alatrofloxacin, amifloxacin, balofloxacin, besifloxacin, cadazolid, ciprofloxacin, clinafloxacin, danofloxacin, delafloxacin, difloxacin, enoxacin, enrofloxacin, finafloxacin, flerofloxacin, flumequine, gatifloxacin, gemifloxacin, grepafloxacin, ibafloxacin, JNJ-Q2, levofloxacin, lomefloxacin, marbofloxacin, moxifloxacin, nadifloxacin, norfloxacin, ofloxacin, orbifloxacin, pazufloxacin, pefloxacin, pradofloxacin,
  • the BP quinolone compound can be comprised of a quinolone analog or substituent according to the following structure or Formula
  • R 2 can and wherein R 3 can be either H or OCH3, and wherein R 4 can be H, and wherein R 5 can be H or F.
  • the quinolone of Formula (A) can be linked to a bisphosphonate (BP).
  • the BP can have an alpha substituent and the alpha substituent is a hydroxy, amino or thiol group.
  • the quinolone can be directly or indirectly conjugated to the BP at the germinal carbon alpha substituent (X) of the BP, as illustrated in the formula below.
  • X o, NH, NR 1 , S
  • R 1 can be alkyl or substituted alkyl, aryl or subsituted aryl groups wherein R can be H, substituted and unsubstituted alkyl, alkyl amino, alkyl-aryl, aryl, alkylheteroaryl, or heteroaryl.
  • Preferred BPs are those that have a geminal hydroxy group on the carbon between the two phosphonate groups.
  • a generic analog of such a BP is illustrated in Fig. 25._ln any one or more aspects, the bisphosphonate can be ethylidenebisphosphonate moiety (etidronate) that can be substituted by hydroxy (an alpha-hydroxy), amino or thiol.
  • the bisphosphonate can include a para-hydroxyphenylethylidene group or derivative thereof.
  • the BP can be a clinically known BP, such as pamidronate, alendronate, risedronate, zoledronate, minodronate, neridronate, and etidronate, which can be unmodified or modified as described herein.
  • the BP can be etidronate.
  • Etidronate can be linked to a quinolone to form a quinolone antibiotic etidronate-ciprofloxacin (ECC) conjugate, such as in Formula (41) or to form an etidronate moxifloxacin (ECX) conjugate such as in Formula (43) herein.
  • ECC quinolone antibiotic etidronate-ciprofloxacin
  • ECX etidronate moxifloxacin
  • the linker, L can be a compound that is cleavable, meaning that it reversibly couples the quinolone analog or compound, in particular a quinolone antimicrobial or antibiotic analog or substituent thereof, to the BP.
  • the term“cleavable” can mean a group that is chemically or biochemically unstable under physiological conditions.
  • the linker can be a carbamate, having a structure or Formula (B) below
  • Formula (B) for coupling a quinolone, R 2 , to a BP, R 1 , as described herein, and R 3 can be substituted and unsubstituted alkyl, acetyl, benzoyl or other amides, phenyl and substituted phenyl, preferably H.
  • the linker can be a carbonate, having a structure or Formula (C) below
  • the linker can be an alkyl or an aryl carbamate linker.
  • the linker can be an O-thioaryl or thioalklyl carbamate linker.
  • the linker can be an S-thioaryl or thioalkyl carbamate linker.
  • the linker can be a phenyl carbamate linker.
  • the linker can be a thiocarbamate linker.
  • the linker can be an O-thiocarbamate linker.
  • the linker can be an S- thiocarbamate linker.
  • the linker can be an ester linker.
  • the linker can be a dithiocarbamate.
  • the linker can be a urea linker.
  • the linker can be part of the R 1 group of Formula (A) along with the BP and couple the BP to the quinolone, as described herein.
  • the linker can be exemplified by any one of Formula (D) - Formula (H) below, wherein: R 2 can be a quinolone or a quinolone substituent or derivative and R 1 can be a BP, both as described herein; and R 3 can be substituted and unsubstituted alkyl, acetyl, benzoyl or other amides, phenyl and substituted phenyl, preferably H.
  • the BP is etidronate. In some aspects, the quinolone is ciprofloxacin or moxifloxacin. In some aspects, the BP is etidronate, the quinolone is ciprofloxacin and the linker is an aryl or alkyl carbamate or a linker of Formula (F) providing the compound of Formula (41). In some aspects, the BP is etidronate, the quinolone is moxifloxacin and the linker is an aryl or alkyl carbamate or a linker of Formula (F) providing the compound of Formula (43).
  • the BP is etidronate
  • the quinolone is sitafloxacin or nemonoxacin
  • the linker is an alkyl or aryl carbamate or a linker of Formula (F) providing the compound of Formula (44) or Formula (45) herein.
  • the BP can be another BP described herein, such as pamidronate, neridronate, olpadronate, alendronate, ibandronate, minodronate, risedronate, zoledronate, hydroxymethylenebisphosphonate (HMBP), and combinations thereof.
  • BP hydroxymethylenebisphosphonate
  • the bisphosphonate can have an alpha substituent that is substituted by hydroxy (an alpha-hydroxy), amino, or thiol.
  • the bisphosphonate can be an ethylidenebisphosphonate moiety (etidronate) that can be substituted by hydroxy (an alpha-hydroxy), amino or thiol.
  • the bisphosphonate can include a para-hydroxyphenylethylidene group or derivative thereof.
  • the BP can be a clinically known BP, such as pamidronate, alendronate, risedronate, zoledronate, minodronate, neridronate, and etidronate, which can be unmodified or modified as described herein.
  • compositions that can contain a bisphosphonate (BP) and a quinolone compound of Formula (A), wherein the quinolone compound is releasably coupled to the bisphosphonate via a linker, L; and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • BP bisphosphonate
  • L linker
  • the quinolone can have a generic structure according to Formula (A), where R 1 can be substituents including alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, phenyl, substituted phenyl, aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, halo, hydroxyl, alkoxy, substituted alkoxy, phenoxy, substituted phenoxy, aroxy, substituted aroxy, alkylthio, substituted alkylthio, phenylthio, substituted phenylthio, arylthio, substituted arylthio, cyano, isocyano, substituted isocyano, carbonyl, substituted carbonyl, carboxyl, substituted carboxyl, amino, substituted amino, amido, substituted amido, sulfonyl, substituted sulfonyl, substituted sulfonyl, cyan
  • the BP can be conjugated to the quinolone, either a fluoroquinolone or a nonfluoroquinolone, preferably a fluoroquinolone, via a releasable linker.
  • the linker can be an alkyl or an aryl carbamate linker.
  • the linker can be an O-thioaryl or thioalkyl carbamate linker.
  • the linker can be an S-thioaryl or thio alkyl carbamate linker.
  • the linker can be a phenyl carbamate linker.
  • the linker can be a thiocarbamate linker.
  • the linker can be an O- thiocarbamate linker.
  • the linker can be an S-thiocarbamate linker.
  • the linker can be an ester linker.
  • the linker can be a dithiocarbamate.
  • the linker can be a urea linker.
  • the linker can be part of the R 1 group of Formula (A) along with the BP and couple the BP to the quinolone, as described herein.
  • the linker can be exemplified by any one of Formula (D) - Formula (H) below, wherein: R 2 can be a quinolone or a quinolone substituent or derivative and R 1 can be a BP, both as described herein; and R 3 can be substituted and unsubstituted alkyl, acetyl, benzoyl or other amides, phenyl and substituted phenyl, preferably H.
  • R 2 can be a quinolone or a quinolone substituent or derivative and R 1 can be a BP, both as described herein; and R 3 can be substituted and unsubstituted alkyl, acetyl, benzoyl or other amides, phenyl and substituted phenyl, preferably H.
  • the BP is etidronate.
  • the quinolone is ciprofloxacin or moxifloxacin.
  • the BP is etidronate, the quinolone is ciprofloxacin and the linker is an alkyl or an aryl carbamate or a linker of Formula (F) providing the compound of Formula (41) herein.
  • the BP is etidronate, the quinolone is moxifloxacin and the linker is an alkyl or an aryl carbamate or a linker of Formula (F) providing the compound of Formula (43) herein.
  • the BP is etidronate
  • the quinolone is sitafloxacin or nemonoxacin
  • the linker is an alkyl or an aryl carbamate or a linker of Formula (F) providing the compound of Formula (44) or Formula (45) herein.
  • the BP has an alpha substituent and the alpha substituent is a hydroxy, amino or thiol group and the quinolone is directly or indirectly conjugated to the BP at the germinal carbon alpha substituent (X) of the BP, as illustrated in the formula below.
  • X O, NH, NR 1 , S
  • R 1 can be alkyl or substituted alkyl, aryl or subsituted aryl groups wherein R can be H, substituted and unsubstituted alkyl, alkyl amino, alkyl-aryl, aryl, alkylheteroaryl, or heteroaryl.
  • the BP is an alpha-OH containing BP that can be conjugated to the quinolone, such as a fluoroquinolone, at a geminal OH group on the BP as shown below.
  • the quinolone such as a fluoroquinolone
  • the quinolone can be indirectly conjugated via a linker at the geminal OH group of the BP.
  • the compound can have a formula according to Formula (41), Formula (43), Formula (44) or Formula (45) herein.
  • formulations including pharmaceutical formulations, which can contain an amount of a BP quinolone compound or conjugate described elsewhere herein in any one or more aspects or embodiments.
  • the amount can be an effective amount.
  • the amount can be effective to inhibit the growth and/or reproduction of a bacterium.
  • the amount can be effective to kill a bacterium.
  • Formulations, including pharmaceutical formulations can be formulated for delivery via a variety of routes and can contain a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. Techniques and formulations generally can be found in Remmington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, Meade Publishing Co., Easton, Pa. (20 th Ed., 2000), the entire disclosure of which is herein incorporated by reference.
  • an injection is useful, including intramuscular, intravenous, intraperitoneal, and subcutaneous.
  • the therapeutic compositions of the invention can be formulated in liquid solutions, for example in physiologically compatible buffers such as Hank's solution or Ringer's solution.
  • the BP quinolone conjugates and/or components thereof can be formulated in solid form and redissolved or suspended immediately prior to use. Lyophilized forms are also included.
  • Formulations, including pharmaceutical formulations, of the BP quinolone conjugates can be characterized as being at least sterile and pyrogen-free. These formulations include formulations for human and veterinary use.
  • Suitable pharmaceutically acceptable carriers include, but are not limited to water, salt solutions, alcohols, gum arabic, vegetable oils, benzyl alcohols, polyethylene glycols, gelatin, carbohydrates such as lactose, amylose or starch, magnesium stearate, talc, silicic acid, viscous paraffin, perfume oil, fatty acid esters, hydroxyl methylcellulose, and polyvinyl pyrrolidone, which do not deleteriously react with the BP quinolone conjugate.
  • the pharmaceutical formulations can be sterilized, and if desired, mixed with auxiliary agents, such as lubricants, preservatives, stabilizers, wetting agents, emulsifiers, salts for influencing osmotic pressure, buffers, coloring, flavoring and/or aromatic substances, and the like which do not deleteriously react with the BP quinolone conjugate.
  • auxiliary agents such as lubricants, preservatives, stabilizers, wetting agents, emulsifiers, salts for influencing osmotic pressure, buffers, coloring, flavoring and/or aromatic substances, and the like which do not deleteriously react with the BP quinolone conjugate.
  • Another formulation includes the addition of the BP quinolone conjugates to bone graft material or bone void fillers for the prevention or treatment of osteomyelitis, peri-implantitis or peri- prosthetic infections, and for socket preservation after dental extractions.
  • a pharmaceutical formulation can be formulated to be compatible with its intended route of administration.
  • routes of administration include parenteral, e.g. , intravenous, intradermal, subcutaneous, oral (e.g. , inhalation), transdermal (topical), transmucosal, and rectal administration.
  • Solutions or suspensions used for parenteral, intradermal, or subcutaneous application can include the following components: a sterile diluent such as water for injection, saline solution, fixed oils, polyethylene glycols, glycerin, propylene glycol or other synthetic solvents; antibacterial agents such as benzyl alcohol or methyl parabens; antioxidants such as ascorbic acid or sodium bisulfite; chelating agents such as ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid; buffers such as acetates, citrates or phosphates and agents for the adjustment of tonicity such as sodium chloride or dextrose. pH can be adjusted with acids or bases, such as hydrochloric acid or sodium hydroxide.
  • the parenteral preparation can be enclosed in ampoules, disposable syringes or multiple dose vials made of glass or plastic.
  • Formulations, including pharmaceutical formulations, suitable for injectable use can include sterile aqueous solutions (where water soluble) or dispersions and sterile powders for the extemporaneous preparation of sterile injectable solutions or dispersions.
  • suitable carriers can include physiological saline, bacteriostatic water, Cremophor EMTM (BASF, Parsippany, N.J.) or phosphate buffered saline (PBS).
  • Injectable pharmaceutical formulations can be sterile and can be fluid to the extent that easy syringability exists. Injectable pharmaceutical formulations can be stable under the conditions of manufacture and storage and must be preserved against the contaminating action of microorganisms such as bacteria and fungi.
  • the carrier can be a solvent or dispersion medium containing, for example, water, ethanol, a pharmaceutically acceptable polyol like glycerol, propylene glycol, liquid polyetheylene glycol, and suitable mixtures thereof.
  • the proper fluidity can be maintained, for example, by the use of a coating such as lecithin, by the maintenance of the required particle size in the case of dispersion and by the use of surfactants.
  • Prevention of the action of microorganisms can be achieved by various antibacterial and antifungal agents, for example, parabens, chlorobutanol, phenol, ascorbic acid, thimerosal, and the like.
  • Sterile injectable solutions can be prepared by incorporating any of the BP quinolone conjugates described herein in an amount in an appropriate solvent with one or a combination of ingredients enumerated herein, as required, followed by filtered sterilization.
  • dispersions can be prepared by incorporating the BP quinolone conjugate into a sterile vehicle which contains a basic dispersion medium and the required other ingredients from those enumerated herein.
  • examples of useful preparation methods are vacuum drying and freeze-drying which yields a powder of the active ingredient plus any additional desired ingredient from a previously sterile- filtered solution thereof.
  • Systemic administration can also be by transmucosal or transdermal means.
  • penetrants appropriate to the barrier to be permeated can be used in the formulation.
  • penetrants are generally known in the art, and include, for example, for transmucosal administration, detergents, bile salts, and fluidic acid derivatives.
  • Transmucosal administration can be accomplished through the use of nasal sprays or suppositories.
  • the BP quinolone conjugates can be formulated into ointments, salves, gels, or creams as generally known in the art.
  • the BP quinolone conjugates can be applied via transdermal delivery systems, which can slowly release the BP quinolone conjugates for percutaneous absorption.
  • Permeation enhancers can be used to facilitate transdermal penetration of the active factors in the conditioned media.
  • Transdermal patches are described in for example, U.S. Pat. No. 5,407,713; U.S. Pat. No. 5,352,456; U.S. Pat. No. 5,332,213; U.S. Pat. No. 5,336,168; U.S. Pat. No. 5,290,561 ; U.S. Pat. No. 5,254,346; U.S. Pat. No. 5,164,189; U.S. Pat. No. 5,163,899; U.S. Pat. No. 5,088,977; U.S. Pat. No. 5,087,240; U.S. Pat. No. 5,008,110; and U.S. Pat. No. 4,921 ,475.
  • a formulation as described herein can be presented as capsules, tablets, powders, granules, or as a suspension or solution.
  • the formulation can contain conventional additives, such as lactose, mannitol, cornstarch or potato starch, binders, crystalline cellulose, cellulose derivatives, acacia, cornstarch, gelatins, disintegrators, potato starch, sodium carboxymethylcellulose, dibasic calcium phosphate, anhydrous or sodium starch glycolate, lubricants, and/or or magnesium stearate.
  • the formulations described herein can be combined with a sterile aqueous solution that is isotonic with the blood of the subject.
  • a sterile aqueous solution that is isotonic with the blood of the subject.
  • Such a formulation can be prepared by dissolving the active ingredient (e.g. the BP quinolone conjugate) in water containing physiologically-compatible substances, such as sodium chloride, glycine and the like, and having a buffered pH compatible with physiological conditions, so as to produce an aqueous solution, then rendering the solution sterile.
  • the formulation can be presented in unit or multi-dose containers, such as sealed ampoules or vials.
  • the formulation can be delivered by injection, infusion, or other means known in the art.
  • the formulations described herein can be combined with skin penetration enhancers, such as propylene glycol, polyethylene glycol, isopropanol, ethanol, oleic acid, N-methylpyrrolidone and the like, which increase the permeability of the skin to the nucleic acid vectors of the invention and permit the nucleic acid vectors to penetrate through the skin and into the bloodstream.
  • skin penetration enhancers such as propylene glycol, polyethylene glycol, isopropanol, ethanol, oleic acid, N-methylpyrrolidone and the like, which increase the permeability of the skin to the nucleic acid vectors of the invention and permit the nucleic acid vectors to penetrate through the skin and into the bloodstream.
  • compositions and/or compositions described herein can be further combined with a polymeric substance, such as ethylcellulose, hydroxypropyl cellulose, ethylene/vinyl acetate, polyvinyl pyrrolidone, and the like, to provide the composition in gel form, which can be dissolved in a solvent, such as methylene chloride, evaporated to the desired viscosity and then applied to backing material to provide a patch.
  • a polymeric substance such as ethylcellulose, hydroxypropyl cellulose, ethylene/vinyl acetate, polyvinyl pyrrolidone, and the like
  • the formulations described herein can be combined with any xenograft (bovine), autograft (self) or allograft (cadaver) material or synthetic bone substitute.
  • a powder formulation can be premixed by the treating surgeon or clinician bedside/chairside with any existing bone graft substitute on the market or with an autologous graft.
  • This formulation can be further combined with any previously described formulation, and can be combined with products containing hydroxyapatites, tricalcium phosphates, collagen, aliphatic polyesters (poly(lactic) acids (PLA), poly(glycolic)acids (PGA), and polycaprolactone (PCL), polyhydroxybutyrate (PHB), methacrylates, polymethylmethacrylates, resins, monomers, polymers, cancellous bone allografts, human fibrin, platelet rich plasma, platelet rich fibrin, plaster of Paris, apatite, synthetic hydroxyapaptite, coralline hydroxyapatite, wollastonite (calcium silicate), calcium sulfate, bioactive glasses, ceramics, titanium, devitalized bone matrix, non-collagenous proteins, collagen, and autolyzed antigen extracted allogenic bone.
  • PHA poly(lactic) acids
  • PGA poly(glycolic)acids
  • PCL polycaprolactone
  • PHB polyhydroxybuty
  • the bone graft material combined with BP quinolone conjugate can be in the formulation of a paste, powder, putty, gel, hydrogel, matrix, granules, particles, freeze-dried powder, freeze-dried bone, demineralized freeze-dried bone, fresh or fresh-frozen bone, corticocancellous mix, pellets, strips, plugs, membranes, lyophilized powder reconstituted to form wet paste, spherules, sponges, blocks, morsels, sticks, wedges, cements, or amorphous particles; many of these may also be in injectable formulations or as a combination of two or more aforementioned formulations (e.g. injectable paste with sponge).
  • the BP-quinolone conjugate can be combined with factor-based bone grafts containing natural or recombinant growth factors, such as transforming growth factor- beta (TGF-beta), platelet-derived growth factor (PDGF), fibroblast growth factors (FGF), and/or bone morphogenic protein (BMP).
  • TGF-beta transforming growth factor- beta
  • PDGF platelet-derived growth factor
  • FGF fibroblast growth factors
  • BMP bone morphogenic protein
  • the BP quinolone conjugate can be combined with cell-based bone grafts used in regenerative medicine and dentistry including embryonic stem cells and/or adults stem cells, tissue-specific stem cells, hematopoietic stem cells, epidermal stem cells, epithelial stem cells, gingival stem cells, periodontal ligament stem cells, adipose stem cells, bone marrow stem cells, and blood stem cells. Therefore, a bone graft with the property of osteoconduction, osteoinduction, osteopromotion, osteo
  • the BP quinolone compounds, conjugates and formulations thereof described herein in any one or more aspects or embodiments can be provided in unit dose form such as a tablet, capsule, single-dose injection or infusion vial, or as a predetermined dose for mixing with bone graft material as in formulations described above.
  • the dosage forms described herein can be microencapsulated.
  • the dosage form can also be prepared to prolong or sustain the release of any ingredient.
  • the complexed active agent can be the ingredient whose release is delayed.
  • the release of an auxiliary ingredient is delayed. Suitable methods for delaying the release of an ingredient include, but are not limited to, coating or embedding the ingredients in material in polymers, wax, gels, and the like.
  • Delayed release dosage formulations can be prepared as described in standard references such as “Pharmaceutical dosage form tablets,” eds. Liberman et. al. (New York, Marcel Dekker, Inc., 1989), “Remington - The science and practice of pharmacy”, 20th ed., Lippincott Williams & Wilkins, Baltimore, MD, 2000, and“Pharmaceutical dosage forms and drug delivery systems”, 6th Edition, Ansel et al., (Media, PA: Williams and Wilkins, 1995). These references provide information on excipients, materials, equipment, and processes for preparing tablets and capsules and delayed release dosage forms of tablets and pellets, capsules, and granules.
  • the delayed release can be anywhere from about an hour to about 3 months or more.
  • Coatings may be formed with a different ratio of water soluble polymer, water insoluble polymers, and/or pH dependent polymers, with or without water insoluble/water soluble non polymeric excipient, to produce the desired release profile.
  • the coatings can be either performed on the dosage form (matrix or simple) which includes, but is not limited to, tablets (compressed with or without coated beads), capsules (with or without coated beads), beads, particle compositions,“ingredient as is” formulated as, but not limited to, suspension form or as a sprinkle dosage form.
  • suitable coating materials include, but are not limited to, cellulose polymers such as cellulose acetate phthalate, hydroxypropyl cellulose, hydroxypropyl methylcellulose, hydroxypropyl methylcellulose phthalate, and hydroxypropyl methylcellulose acetate succinate; polyvinyl acetate phthalate, acrylic acid polymers and copolymers, and methacrylic resins that are commercially available under the trade name EUDRAGIT® (Roth Pharma, Westerstadt, Germany), zein, shellac, and polysaccharides.
  • cellulose polymers such as cellulose acetate phthalate, hydroxypropyl cellulose, hydroxypropyl methylcellulose, hydroxypropyl methylcellulose phthalate, and hydroxypropyl methylcellulose acetate succinate
  • polyvinyl acetate phthalate acrylic acid polymers and copolymers
  • methacrylic resins that are commercially available under the trade name EUDRAGIT® (Roth Pharma, Westerstadt, Germany),
  • the formulations can contain an effective amount of a BP quinolone compound or conjugate (effective for inhibiting and/or killing a bacterium) described herein in any one or more aspects or embodiments.
  • the effective amount ranges from about 0.001 pg to about 1 ,000 g or more of the BP quinolone conjugate described herein.
  • the effective amount of the BP quinolone conjugate described herein can range from about 0.001 mg/kg body weight to about 1 ,000 mg/kg body weight.
  • the effective amount of the BP quinolone conjugate can range from about 1 % w/w to about 99% or more w/w, w/v, or v/v of the total formulation.
  • the effective amount of the BP quinolone conjugate is effective at killing a bacterium that is the causative agent of osteomyelitis and all its subtypes (e.g. diabetic foot osteomyelitis), jaw osteonecrosis, and periodontitis including, but not limited to any strain or species of Staphylococcus, Pseudomonas, Aggregatibacter, Actinomyces, Streptococcus, Haemophilus, Salmonella, Serratia, Enterobacter, Fusobacterium, Bacteroides, Porphyromonas, Prevotella, Veillonella, Campylobacter, Peptostreptococcus, Eikenella, Treponema, Dialister, Micromonas, Yersinia, Tannerella, and Escherichia.
  • an amount, including an effective amount, of the BP quinolone compounds, conjugates and formulations thereof described herein in any one or more aspects or embodiments can be administered to a subject in need thereof.
  • the subject in need thereof can have a bone infection, disease, disorder, or a symptom thereof.
  • the subject in need thereof can be suspected of having or is otherwise predisposed to having a bone infection, disease, disorder, or a symptom thereof.
  • the subject in need thereof may be at risk for developing an osteomyelitis, osteonecrosis, peri-prosthetic infection, and/or peri- implantitis.
  • the disease or disorder can be osteomyelitis and all its subtypes, osteonecrosis, peri-implantitis or periodontitis.
  • the subject in need thereof has a bone that is infected with a microorganism, such as a bacteria.
  • the bacteria can be any strain or species of Staphylococcus, Pseudomonas, Aggregatibacter, Actinomyces, Streptococcus, Haemophilus, Salmonella, Serratia, Enterobacter, Fusobacterium, Bacteroides, Porphyromonas, Prevotella, Veillonella, Campylobacter, Peptostreptococcus, Eikenella, Treponema, Dialister, Micromonas, Yersinia, Tannerella, and Escherichia.
  • the bacteria can form biofilms.
  • osteomyelitis can be treated in a subject in need thereof by administering an amount, such as an effective amount, of BP quinolone conjugate or formulation thereof described herein to the subject in need thereof.
  • an amount such as an effective amount, of BP quinolone conjugate or formulation thereof described herein to the subject in need thereof.
  • the compositions and compounds provided herein can be used in osteonecrosis treatment and/or prevention, distraction osteogenesis, cleft repair, repair of critical supra-alveolar defects, jawbone reconstruction, and any other reconstructions or repair of a bone and/or joint.
  • Administration of the BP quinolone compounds or conjugates is not restricted to a single route, but can encompass administration by multiple routes.
  • exemplary administrations by multiple routes include, among others, a combination of intradermal and intramuscular administration, or intradermal and subcutaneous administration. Multiple administrations can be sequential or concurrent. Other modes of application by multiple routes will be apparent to the skilled artisan.
  • the pharmaceutical formulations can be administered to a subject by any suitable method that allows the agent to exert its effect on the subject in vivo.
  • the formulations and other compositions described herein can be administered to the subject by known procedures including, but not limited to, by oral administration, sublingual or buccal administration, parenteral administration, transdermal administration, via inhalation, via nasal delivery, vaginally, rectally, and intramuscularly.
  • the formulations or other compositions described herein can be administered parenterally, by epifascial, intracapsular, intracutaneous, subcutaneous, intradermal, intrathecal, intramuscular, intraperitoneal, intrasternal, intravascular, intravenous, parenchymatous, and/or sublingual delivery.
  • Delivery can be by injection, infusion, catheter delivery, or some other means, such as by tablet or spray. Delivery can also be by a carrier such as hydroxyapatite or bone in the case of anti-infective bone graft material at a surgical site. Delivery can be via attachment or other association with a bone graft material.
  • Infectious bone disease, or osteomyelitis is a major problem worldwide in human and veterinary medicine and can be devastating due to the potential for limb-threatening sequelae and mortality (Lew, et al., Osteomyelitis. Lancet 2004;364:369-79; Desrochers, et al, Limb amputation and prosthesis. Vet Clin North Am Food Anim Pract 2014;30:143-55; Stoodley, et al., Orthopaedic biofilm infections. Curr Orthop Pract 2011 ;22:558-63; Huang, et al., Chronic osteomyelitis increases long-term mortality risk in the elderly: a nationwide population-based cohort study. BMC Geriatr 2016;16:72).
  • the treatment approach to osteomyelitis is mainly antimicrobial, and often long-term, with surgical intervention in many cases to control infection.
  • the causative pathogens in most cases of long bone osteomyelitis are biofilms of Staphylococcus aureus ; by definition these microbes are bound to bone (Fig. 1) in contrast to their planktonic (free-floating) counterparts (Wolcott, et al., Biofilms and chronic infections. J Am Med Assoc 2008;299:2682- 2684).
  • biofilm-mediated nature of osteomyelitis is important in clinical and experimental settings because many biofilm pathogens are uncultivable and exhibit an altered phenotype with respect to growth rate and antimicrobial resistance (as compared to their planktonic counterparts) (Junka, et al., Microbial biofilms are able to destroy hydroxyapatite in the absence of host immunity in vitro. J Oral Maxillofac Surg 2015;73:451-64; Herczegh, et al. , Osteoadsorptive bisphosphonate derivatives of fluoroquinolone antibacterials. J Med Chem 2002; 45:2338-41).
  • Fluoroquinolone antibiotics conjugated to osteoadsorptive bisphosphonates represents a promising approach because of the long clinical track-record of safety of each constituent, and their advantageous biochemical properties (Buxton, et al., Bisphosphonate-ciprofloxacin bound to Skelite is a prototype for enhancing experimental local antibiotic delivery to injured bone. Br J Surg 2004;91 :1192-6).
  • ciprofloxacin demonstrated the best binding and microbiological properties when bound to BP (Herczegh, et al., Osteoadsorptive bisphosphonate derivatives of fluoroquinolone antibacterials.
  • Ciprofloxacin has several advantages for repurposing in this context: it can be administered orally or intravenously with relative bioequivalence, it has broad spectrum antimicrobial activity that includes the most commonly encountered osteomyelitis pathogens, it demonstrates bactericidal activity in clinically achievable doses, and it is the least expensive drug in the fluoroquinolone family (Houghton, et al., Linking bisphosphonates to the free amino groups in fluoroquinolones: preparation of osteotropic prodrugs for the prevention of osteomyelitis. J Med Chem 2008;51 :6955-69).
  • Non-limiting examples of quinolones that can be included in the BP conjugates herein include the following quinolones.
  • Dental implants are a critical part of modern dental practice and it is estimated that up to 35 million Americans are missing all of their teeth in one or both jaws. The overall market for these implants to replace and reconstruct teeth is expected to reach $4.2 billion by 2022. While the majority of implants are successful, some of these prosthetics fail due to peri-implantitis, leading to supporting bone destruction. Peri-implantitis has a bimodal incidence, incluiding early stage ( ⁇ 12 months) and late stage (>5 years) failures; both of these critical failure points are largely the result of bacterial biofilm infections on and around the implant. Peri-implantitis is a common reason for implant failure. Dental implants failures are generally caused by biomechanical or biological/microbiological reasons.
  • peri-implantitis the most severe form of microbiological-related implant disease leading to the destruction of supporting bone is difficult to ascertain from the current literature.
  • recent studies indicate that peri-implantites is a growing problem with increasing prevalence 4 .
  • a recent study of 150 patients followed 5 to 10 years showed a rate of peri-implantitis of approximately 17% and 30% respectively, indicating that it is a significant issue 5 .
  • Early implant failure or lack of osseointegration is a separate problem and occurs in roughly 9% of implanted jaws 6 . This is more prevalent in the maxilla 6 and is associated with bacterial infection during surgery or from a nearby site (e.g. periodontitis) as well as other well-recognized and modifiable risk factors such as smoking, diabetes, excess cement, and poor oral hygiene 2 .
  • Biofilm infection can be involved in the etiophathogeneiss of peri-implantitis.
  • Biofilm infections represent a unique problem for treatment and are often difficult to diagnose, resistant to standard antibiotic therapy, resistant to host immune responses, and lead to persistent intractable infections 7 .
  • the biofilm hypothesis of infection has been steadily expanded since the early elucidation that bacteria live in matrix supported communities 8 ⁇ 9 . It is now established that over 65% of chronic infections are caused by bacteria living in biofilms 7 . This implies that approximately 12 million people in the US are affected by, and almost half a million people die in the US each year, from these infections. Peri-implantitis and periodontitis are among the most common biofilm infections encountered.
  • Peri-implantitis has been found to be a comparatively simpler infection with less diverse communities (and keystone pathogens) than periodontitis infections 10 .
  • gram negative species predominate 11 .
  • Other orthopedic or osseous infections including those of the jaw are also caused by bacterial biofilm communities 12 making the technology developed here amenable for use in these diseases as well.
  • Treatment approaches to peri-implantits have their limitations. While peri- implantitis has several causes, the predominant etiology is bacterial biofilm.
  • biodegradable and non-biodegradable local antibiotic delivery systems 19 have several limitations, e.g., non-biodegradable approaches (e.g. polymethylmethacrylate cements) require a second surgery to remove the antibiotic loaded device, are incompatible with certain antibiotics, and suffer from inefficient release kinetics; in some cases, ⁇ 10% of the total delivered antibiotic is released 17 .
  • Biodegradable materials including fibers, gels, and beads are receiving increasing interest, however, their clinical efficacy for the treatment of peri-implantitis is not well-documented 3 .
  • the BP-antibiotic (BP-Ab) conjugates provided herein can overcome many challenges associated with poor antibiotic pharmacokinetics or bioavailability in bone and within bone-bound biofilms. These componds can reduce infection via a“targeting and release approach,” which can reduce concern with systemic toxicity and/or drug exposure in other (e.g. non-infected) tissues.
  • the BP-Ab conjugates can be integrated into a bone graft substitute.
  • the BP-Ab can be a BP-fluoroquinolone conjugate.
  • the BP-Ab can be a bisphosphonate-carbamate-ciprofloxacin (BCC, compound 6), as shown in Fig. 3.
  • BCC bisphosphonate-carbamate-ciprofloxacin
  • the BP-Ab bone graft material can also be referred to as a BP-Ab-bone graft.
  • the antiboiotic is a fluoroquinolone
  • it can be referred to as a BP-FQ-bone graft.
  • the compounds and graft material integrating the compound(s) provided herein can be used as an anti-infective bone graft substitute for adjunct treatment or prevention of peri-implantitis.
  • the conjugate will be released locally from the graft material with sustained release kinetics and cleaved in the presence of bacterial or osteoclastic activity as we have previously demonstrated, in vitro and in vivo, in other results provided elsewhere herein.
  • the grafts can provide greater local concentrations of the FQ, such as ciprofloxacin, as compared to current delivery routes.
  • the compounds and bone-graft materials provided herein can contain an antibiotic that is conjugated to a safe or pharmacologically inactive (non- antiresorptive) BP moiety bound to calcium/HA in the graft material via strong polydentate electrostatic interactions, and the antibiotic releases over time; it does not simply represent a topical antibiotic that is merely mixed in as a slurry with existing bone graft material as some current clinical approaches in this context.
  • This chemisorbed drug attached to calcium phosphate mineral (HA) is therefore a major advance in the field and overcomes many of the limitations in antibiotic delivery to peri-implant bone for effective bactericidal activity against biofilm pathogens.
  • the Targanta team 33 has carried several of these prodrug strategies on into use with the glycopeptide antibiotic oritavancin 35 .
  • This dual function drug seems to be somewhat effective in preventing infection.
  • they have not published studies showing that they can treat an established infection and they also have not published pharmacokinetics of the prodrug. It is believed that these analogs are too labile in the bloodstream to fully realize success with this therapeutic approach as their drug candidate selection was based in part on plasma instability. Thus, it is believed that these compounds developed by these groups fail to achieve effective local concentrations of the antibiotic.
  • the BCC compound(s) (Fig. 3) can incorporate the phenyl moity of the phenyl carbamate linker directly into the BP portion of the molecule. Release kinetics can be modified or tuned via modification of the phenyl ring with electron withdrawing or donating groups, which can alter the liability of the linker. Additionally, the BP core lacks effectiveness as an antiresporptive agent, and thus, does not carry the risk of medication-related osteonecrosis of the jaw like the more potent nitrogen-containing BP drugs (e.g., zoledronate 3940 . It is demonstrate herein and in other Examples herein that this target and release strategy using the phenyl carbamate linker very likely releases the active drug directly into the bacterial biofilm in the bone milieu.
  • the bone targeting is so effective that it works better than ciprofloxacin against biofilms grown on HA bone matrix surrogate than on planktonic cultures grown in plastic vessels.
  • An analog conjugate made with a non-cleavable amide linkage bisphosphonate-amide-ciprofloxacin, leaving out the phenolic oxygen of the carbamate, was found to have very little effect on bacterial growth under any circumstances, demonstrating that active cleavage of the conjugate is required for antimicrobial activity.
  • Additional BP-Ab conjugates can be designed using, for example, ciprofloxacin and moxifloxacin conjugated to BPs (e.g. 4-hydroxyphenylethylidene BP (BP 1 , Fig. 4), its hydroxy-containing analog (BP 2, Fig. 4, with higher bone affinity) and pamidronate (BP 3, Fig. 4), via carbamate based linkers (e.g. carbamate, S-thiocarbamate, and O-thiocarbamate).
  • Fig. 5 shows an exemplary synthesis scheme for synthesis of BP-Ab conjugates with an O-thiocarbamate linker.
  • Conjugates with S- thiocarbamate linkage can be obtained by isomerization of conjugates with O-thiocarbamate linkage via the Newman-Kwart rearrangement (ref. 47, 48).
  • Preliminary chemistry has already been conducted to demonstrate the feasibility of the quick synthesis of these targets. Adding bone affinity is therefore well demonstrated using the a-OH containing BPs (49). Added bone affinity will enhance concentrations of the conjugate at the bone surface and facilitate higher local concentrations of drug short term and long term.
  • a-OH containing BPs BP 2 and pamidronate
  • the a-OH bisphosphonate ester is prone to rearrangement to a phosphonophosphate, the a-OH can be protected with the tert-butyldimethylsilyl (TBS) group (Scheme 2, Fig. 6) (50). Then the a-O-TBS BP 2 ester are activated by 4-nitrophenyl chloroformate and reacted with ciprofloxacin or moxifloxacin similarly as in Fig. 5.
  • a linker with phenol group e.g., linker 1 (resorcinol), linker 2 (hydroquinone), linker 3 (4-hydroxyphenylacetic acid), Figure 20
  • linker 1 resorcinol
  • linker 2 hydroquinone
  • linker 3 (4-hydroxyphenylacetic acid)
  • Scheme 20 a linker with phenol group
  • All BP-Ab conjugates are characterized by 1 H, 31 P, 13C NMR, MS, HPLC, and elemental analysis to assure identity.
  • the vials can be centrifuged at 10,000 rpm for 5 min to separate solids and supernatant.
  • the supernatant (0.3 mL) can be collected and the concentration of the equilibrium solution are measured using a Shimadzu UV-VIS spectrometer (275nm wavelength). Fluorescent emission can also be used to calculate binding parameters.
  • Nonspecific binding can be measured with a similar procedure in the absence of HA as control. The amount of parent drug/BP-Ab conjugates bound to HA is deduced from the difference between the input amount and the amount recovered in the supernatants after binding.
  • Methanol (5X volume relative to supernatant) can be added to each supernatant, and the mixture can be vortexed for 15 min to extract released fluoroquinolone. The mixture can be then centrifuged at 10000 rpm for 15 min to pellet the insoluble material. The supernatant containing the extracted fluoroquinolone can be recovered and evaporated to dryness. The dried pellets can be resuspended in PBS, and the amount of released fluoroquinolone can be determined by UV- VIS measurements as described previously. The percentage of fluoroquinolone drug released can then be calculated based on the input amount and the measured amount of released drug. The identity of released drug can be confirmed by LC-MS analysis and/or NMR if the concentrations are sufficient.
  • the in vitro inhibition of biofilm growth on HA discs can be determined. Briefly, for custom disc manufacturing, commercially available HA powder can be used. Powder pellets of 9.6mm in diameter can be pressed without a binder. Sintering can be performed at 900 °C. The tablets can be compressed using the Universal Testing System for static tensile, compression, and bending tests (Instron model 3384; Instron, Norwood, MA). The quality of the manufactured HA discs can be checked by means of confocal microscopy and microcomputed tomography (micro-CT) using an LEXT OLS4000 microscope (Olympus, Center Valley, PA) and Metrotom 1500 microtomograph (Carl Zeiss, Oberkochen, Germany), respectively.
  • micro-CT microcomputed tomography
  • HA discs can then be introduced to the following concentrations [mg/ml_] of each BP-Ab conjugate and ciprofloxacin/moxifloxacin: 800, 400, 200, 100, 50, 25, 10, 5, 1 and left for 24h/37°C. After incubation, HA discs can be removed and introduced to 1 mL of PBS and left for 5 min in gentle rocker shaker; 3 subsequent rinsings are performed this way. After rinsing, 1 ml_ of Aa suspension can be introduced to discs and left for 24h/37°C. Discs can then be rinsed to remove non-bound bacteria and subjected to vortex shaking. The serial dilutions of suspension obtained can then be culture plated on modified TSB agar plates and colony growth is counted after 24h.
  • BP-FQ-bone grafts The oseeointegration effect of the BP-FQ-bone grafts on critical size can be evaluated in supra-alveolar peri-implant defect model for bone grafting.
  • mandibular PM2-PM4 are bilaterally extracted in 6 beagle dogs (3 males, 3 females) and are allowed to heal for 12 weeks. Crestal incision are made followed by mucoperiosteal flap reflection. Osteotomy are performed to create a 6mm supra-alveolar defect.
  • Implant site osteotomy preparations are made in each of the premolar regions by sequential cutting with internally irrigated drills in graduated diameters under copious irrigation.
  • Implants (Astra Tech Osseospeed Tx® 3 x 11 mm) are placed in the position of PM2-PM4 on each side in such manner that the implants are positioned 4mm supracrestally in relation to the created defect and at the same distance from the buccal cortical bone plate. Dogs are divided randomly into 3 different groups (2 dogs per group):
  • Anorganic bovine bone (1g large particle size 1-2mm) chemisorbed with BP- fluoroquinolone are used on the right side and collagen plugs (negative control) are used on the left side.
  • Anorganic bovine bone (1g large particle size 1-2mm, positive control) are used on the right side and collagen plugs (negative control) are used on the left side.
  • Bio-Oss® (1g large particle size 1-2mm) chemisorbed with BP-fluoroquinolone are used on the right side and Bio-Oss® (1g large particle size 1-2mm, positive control) are used on the left side.
  • Antimicrobial efficacy of the BP-FQ-bone grafts can be evaluated in a canine peri- implantitis model.
  • mandibular PM2-PM4 are extracted bilaterally in 8 beagle dogs (4 males, 4 females; 48 teeth total) using minimally traumatic technique.
  • mucoperiosteal flaps are elevated on both sides of the jaw and osteotomy preparations are made in each of the premolar regions by sequential cutting with internally irrigated drills in graduated diameters under copious external irrigation.
  • implants (Astra Tech Osseospeed Tx® 3 x 1 1 mm) are installed at each site.
  • the sequence of implant placement are identical in both sides but randomized with a computer generated randomization scheme between dogs.
  • Healing abutments are connected to the implants and flaps approximated with resorbable sutures.
  • a plaque control regimen comprising brushing with dentifrice is then initiated four times a week. Twelve weeks after implant placement just prior to initiation of experimental peri-implantitis, microbiological samples are obtained from all peri-implant sites with sterile paper points (Dentsply, Maillefer, size 35, Ballaigues, Switzerland) and placed immediately in Eppendorf tubes (Starlab, Ahrensburg, Germany) for microbiological analysis. Microbiologic analysis are performed as we have previously detailed via DNA extraction and 16S rRNA PCR amplification.
  • PCR amplicons are sequenced using the Roche 454 GS FLX platform and data analyzed with the Quantitative Insights into Microbial Ecology (QIIME) software package (56). Colony forming unit counts (CFU/mL) are determined from samples as in our Phase I study as described earlier.
  • experimental peri- implantitis are initiated as follows. Aggregatibacter actinomycetemcomitans (Aa) biofilm, a keystone periodontal pathogen, which is not endogenous to canine flora, are initiated on the healing abutments in vitro as performed in our previous experiment in a rat animal model and also in our previous animal peri-implantitis study.
  • the biofilm inoculated healing abutments are placed on the implants and cotton ligatures are placed in a submarginal position around the neck of implants. After 10 weeks of bacterial infection, microbial sampling and analysis are done again as before and micro-CT scans are taken as the baseline for the peri-implantitis defect.
  • Treatment of this experimental peri-implantitis model are initiated by surgical debridement of all implant sites by raising full-thickness buccolingual flaps, removing any existing calculus from implant surfaces using an air-powder abrasion device, and wiping of the implant surfaces with gauze soaked in chlorhexidine gluconate 0.12%.
  • the animals are divided into 4 groups as follows (2 dogs per group):
  • Anorganic bovine bone (1g large particle size 1-2mm) with chemisorbed BP- fluoroquinolone are used on the right side and collagen plugs (negative control) are used on the left side.
  • Anorganic bovine bone (1g large particle size 1-2mm, positive control) are used on the right side and collagen plugs (negative control) are used on the left side.
  • Anorganic bovine bone (1g large particle size 1-2mm) with chemisorbed BP- fluoroquinolone are used on the right side and an antimicrobial releasing device (100 mg topical minocycline, positive control) are used on the left side.
  • Bio-Oss® (1g large particle size 1-2 mm) with chemisorbed BP-fluoroquinolone (positive control) are used on the right side and an antimicrobial releasing device (100 mg topical minocycline, positive control) are used on the left side.
  • Treatment group assignments are blinded to future investigators for data analysis. Standardized and comparable amounts of antimicrobials are used in treatment groups. After treatment, flaps are repositioned and sutured (PTFE 4,0, Cytoplast, USA) and oral hygiene measures reinstituted after 1 week following suture removal. Clinical and micro-CT scan examinations are performed again at 3 months after surgery and also microbiological samples are acquired at this time point for analysis as described above. Six months after peri-implantitis surgery animals are euthanized and micro-CT scans are performed, and the jaws are resected for assessment of histopathologic parameters as detailed in the section “critical size supra- alveolar peri-implant defect model.” An inflammatory score are determined from histologic sections as previously detailed (ref. 57) for correlation with clinical and radiologic findings.
  • the drug compound and component stability and in vitro ADME of BCC (6) can be evaluated. This data can help establish if there is likely to be any large differences in human metabolism vs. experimental animals. Incubation of 6 with human, rat, and dog liver microsomes and hepatocytes followed by LC/MS analysis of the metabolite mixture are performed.
  • the metabolic profile of ciprofloxacin is known 62 ⁇ 63 , and so our focus are on any metabolites of the BP portion of the molecule and of the parent (e.g. piperazine ring cleavage as is known for ciprofloxacin).
  • plasma samples from other in vivo experiments described abvoe are used to determine these compounds at steady state in vivo.
  • the toxicology of the BCC (6) can be evaluated in rat and dog to determine NOAEL.
  • NOAEL and maximum tolerated dosage (MTD) in rat and dog we first carry out dose ranging studies. Groups of 6 rats (3 males, 3 females), are given a single intravenous dose of 10 mg/kg for 6, or based on our best assessment at the time. The dose are escalated by doubling until acute toxicity is noted (MTD) then this dose are reduced by 20% sequentially until no effects are seen, this will be the NOAEL for the compound. Toxicity are assessed as mild, moderate or substantial, and moderate toxicity in >2 or substantial toxicity in 31 animal define the MTD 64 . Animals are followed for body weight and clinical observations for 5 days.
  • mice are euthanized and necropsy performed to assess for organ weight and histology (15 sections to include liver and kidney based on clinical BP toxicology).
  • organ weight and histology 15 sections to include liver and kidney based on clinical BP toxicology.
  • a similar dose range study are carried out in dogs (1/sex, starting at the equivalent dose as determined from allometric scaling 4 mg/kg assuming 250 g rats and 10 kg dogs) and include hematology and clinical chemistry in addition to identical terminal studies as in rat. This can use a total of 4-6 cohorts.
  • An expanded acute toxicity testing in groups of animals including toxicokinetics and recovery testing at the NOAEL and the MTD can be performed.
  • Gropus of 48 rats including 10/sex can be used for each dose for assessment of toxicity and 9/sex for toxicokinetics and 5/sex for recovery.
  • Toxicokinetics are determined at 6 time points (3 rats/time point chosen randomly from male or female) following administration of each dose. Time points are 5, 30, 60, 120 mins, 12 hrs, and 24 hrs post dosing.
  • Recovery animals are observed for 14 days followed by assessment of organ weight and histology as in the above study. From the toxicokinetic study, PK parameters are determined by non-compartmental analysis (NCA) including Cmax, AUC and half-life.
  • NCA non-compartmental analysis
  • NPAG nonparametric adaptive grid
  • R Laboratory of Applied Pharmacokinetics and Bioinformatics, Los Angeles, CA
  • SD Assay error
  • the BP-Ab conjugates can be integrated into grafts and grafting devices.
  • one or more of the BP-Ab conjugates can be integrated into an already approved bone graft product, such as the bovine bone materials from BioOss ® (Geistlich Pharma AG, Switzerland) or MinerOss ® (BioHorizons, Birmingham, AL) to name a few.
  • the BP-Ab conjugate(s) can be admixed with a support material for use as a dental bone graft substitute.
  • the product will comprise the conjugate adsorbed to anorganic bovine bone material.
  • This material will allow the local delivery of antibiotic to the region of bone graft implantation to reduce bacterial infection rates and associated dental pathology such as peri-implantitis and other infections.
  • the dental applications for our product could include not only peri-implantitis treatment, but also socket preservation after tooth extraction, ridge or sinus augmentation, periodontitis prevention or treatment, osteomyelitis or osteonecrosis treatment or prevention, or other oral and periodontal surgery applications where such a bone graft could be beneficial.
  • the BP-fluoroquinolone conjugate material will be intimately adsorbed on the bone graft substitute and our preliminary data show sustained release into the area of bone destruction in the case of infections, which allows our product to more effectively deliver antibiotic to the site of infection with negligible to no systemic exposure to either component of the conjugate compound.
  • the grafting material can also be beneficial for non-dental grafting procedures, such as sinus grafting procedures.
  • BP-carbamate-moxifloxacin BP conjugate and synthesis scheme is demonstrated in Fig. 8.
  • Fig. 9 shows a BP-carbamate-gatifloxacin BP conjugate and synthesis scheme.
  • Fig. 10 shows a BP- p-Hydroxyphenyl Acetic Acid-ciprofloxacin BP conjugate and synthesis scheme.
  • Fig. 11 shows a BP-OH-ciprofloxacin BP conjugate and synthesis scheme.
  • Fig. 12 shows a BP-O-Thiocarbamate- ciprofloxacin BP conjugate and synthesis scheme.
  • FIG. 13 shows a BP-S-Thiocarbamate- ciprofloxacin BP conjugate and synthesis scheme.
  • Fig. 14 shows a BP-Resorcinol-ciprofloxacin BP conjugate and synthesis scheme.
  • Fig. 15 shows a BP-Hydroquinone-ciprofloxacin BP conjugate and synthesis scheme.
  • Fig. 16 shows one embodiment of a genus structure for a BP-fluoroquinolone conjugate, where W can be O or S or N, X can be O, S, N, CH 2 0, CH 2 N, or CH 2 S, Y can be H, CH 3 , N0 2 , F, Cl, Br, I, or C0 2 H, Z can be H, CH 3 , OH, NH 2 , SH, F, Cl, Br, or I, and n can be 1-5.
  • Fig. 17 shows various BP-fluoroquinolone conjugates.
  • Fig. 18 shows one embodiment of a genus structure for a genus of a phosphonate containing an aryl group, where X can be H, CH 3 , OH, NH 2 , SH, F, Cl, Br, or I, Y can be P0 3 H 2 , or C0 2 H. Z can be OH, NH 2 , SH, or N 3 , and n can be 1 or 2.
  • Fig. 19 shows various BPs, where X can be F, Cl, Br, or I and n can be 1 or 2.
  • Fig. 20 shows various BP’s with terminal primary amines.
  • Fig. 21 shows various BPs coupled to a linker containing a terminal hydroxyl and amine functional groups where R can be Risedronate, Zoledronate, Minodronate, Pamidronate, or Alendronate.
  • Fig. 22 shows various BP- pamidronate-ciprofloxacin conjuagtes.
  • Fig. 23 shows various BP-Alendronate-ciprofloxacin conjuagtes.
  • Dimethyl acetylphosphate (37) (2.2 g, 14. 44 mmol) was added dropwisely to an ice-cold solution of dimethyl phosphite (1.63 ml_, 15.91 mmol) and dibutylamine (0.767 ml_, 1.44 mmol) in dry ether (30 ml_) under N 2 . The ice bath was removed, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 3h. The resulting precipitate was filtered, washed with ether, and dried under vacuum overnight to afford 3.24 g (85%) of product as white solid.
  • Moxifloxacin HCI was added to a solution of Na2C03 in H20 (20 ml.) and the solution was cooled in ice bath.
  • the tetramethyl (1- ⁇ [(4-nitrophenoxy)carbonyl]oxy ⁇ ethane-1 ,1- diyl)bis(phosphonate) dissolved in THF (20 ml. ) was added dropwisely over 30 min.
  • the ice bath was removed, the flask was covered with aluminum foil, and the reaction was stirred for 20 h at room temperature.
  • the reaction mixture was concentrated, and the crude purified by column chromatography using DCM/MeOH (1-5%) to afford 624 mg (29%) of product as off-white foam.
  • X O, NH, NR 1 , S
  • R 1 can be alkyl or substituted alkyl, aryl or subsituted aryl groups wherein R can be H, substituted and unsubstituted alkyl, alkyl amino, alkyl-aryl, aryl, alkylheteroaryl, or heteroaryl.
  • R 1 can be alkyl or substituted alkyl, aryl or subsituted aryl groups wherein R can be H, substituted and unsubstituted alkyl, alkyl amino, alkyl-aryl, aryl, alkylheteroaryl, or heteroaryl.
  • a“target and release” chemistry approach was investigated involving delivery of antibiotics to bone or hydroxyapatite (HA) via BP conjugates.
  • Serum-stable drug-BP linkers were utilized that metabolize and release the parent antibiotic at the bone surface.
  • Designed, synthesized, and tested were novel quinolone antibiotic etidronate-ciprofloxacin (ECC) conjugate, BV81022, and etidronate-moxifloxacin (ECX) conjugate, BV81051 , for activity against S. aureus biofilms which are causative in the majority of osteomyelitis cases.
  • ECC etidronate-ciprofloxacin
  • ECX etidronate-moxifloxacin
  • Microbiolgy For experimental purposes, a robust biofilm forming and well-studied S. aureus strain ATCC 6538 was used. The following parent antibiotics were tested: ciprofloxacin (C), moxifloxacin (X); the following experimental conjugates were tested: etidronate-ciprofloxacin (ECC) and etidronate-moxifloxacin (ECX). Real-time biofilm assays were performed with an xCELLigence RTCA SP instrument according to the manufacturer’s instructions.
  • TSBYE For monitoring biofilm formation and RTCA sensitivity assays, 80 pi of TSBYE was added to each well of non- reusable 16X microtiter E-plates (ACEA Biosciences) for the impedance background measurement using the standard protocol provided by the software. 1 pi of bacteria suspension in a total of 120 mI of TSBYE was then added to the 16 E-plate wells. Each sample was run in duplicate. E-plates were positioned in the xCELLigence Real-Time Cell Analyzer MP, incubated at 37°C and monitored on the RTCA system at 15-min time intervals for 24 h. Cell-sensor impedance was expressed as a unit called cell index (Cl) according to the manufacturer’s instructions.
  • Cl cell index
  • the Cl at each time point is defined as (ZnZb)/15, where Zn is the cell-electrode impedance of the well when it contains cells and Zb is the background impedance with growth media alone. Standard deviations of duplicates or triplicates of wells were analyzed with the RTCA Software
  • Affinity of antibiotics to HA 1 pg/mL of each compound was added to a solution containing 10 pg/mL of HA powder and incubated for 4h/37°C under magnetic stirring. Next, HA powder was allowed to sediment for 1 h/4°C. After this time, the content of antibiotic in the supernatant was assessed using HPLC (Shimadzu Prominence). To evaluate quantity of conjugates bound to HA, we used methodology described in more detail in our previous work. 3 Affinity of compounds to HA powder was estimated as follows: 100% - peak area of tested compound detected / peak area of control sample *100%.
  • the S. aureus MICso for ciprofloxacin, moxifloxacin, ECC, and ECX are: 0.09, 0.11 , 4.88, and 5.10 pg/ml respectively.
  • the novel etidronate- fluoroquinolone conjugates designed and tested in this study retained the bone binding properties of the parent BP drug, and also the antimicrobial activity of the parent antibiotic in the presence or absence of HA albeit at lower levels due to the nature of the chemical modification and possible partial cleavage at the tested conditions.
  • This class of conjugates using BP drugs as biochemical vectors for the delivery of antibiotic agents to bone represents an advantageous approach to the treatment of osteomyelitis by providing improved bone pharmacokinetics while minimizing systemic exposure (toxicity) of these drugs.

Landscapes

  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Public Health (AREA)
  • Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
  • Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
  • Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
  • Epidemiology (AREA)
  • Physical Education & Sports Medicine (AREA)
  • General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Rheumatology (AREA)
  • Orthopedic Medicine & Surgery (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
  • Molecular Biology (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Oncology (AREA)
  • Communicable Diseases (AREA)
  • Biophysics (AREA)
  • Dermatology (AREA)
  • Oral & Maxillofacial Surgery (AREA)
  • Biomedical Technology (AREA)
  • Transplantation (AREA)
  • Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)
  • Medicinal Preparation (AREA)
  • Materials For Medical Uses (AREA)

Abstract

Described herein are bisphosphonate quinolone compounds, conjugates and pharmaceutical formulations thereof that can include a bisphosphonate (BP) and a quinolone, wherein the BP has an alpha substituent and the alpha substituent is a hydroxy, amino or thiol group and wherein the quinolone is directly or indirectly conjugated to the BP at the germinal carbon alpha substituent (X) of the BP. In one or more embodiments, the BP can be an alpha-OH containing BP and the quinolone can be directly or indirectely reversibly conjugated to the BP at a geminal OH of the BP. Also provided herein are methods of making and methods of using the bisphosphonate quinolone conjugates and pharmaceutical formulations thereof.

Description

BISPHOSPHONATE QUINOLONE CONJUGATES AND USES THEREOF
CROSS-REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATIONS
This application claims the benefit of and priority to co-pending US Provisional Patent Application No. 62/695,583, filed on July 9, 2018, entitled“BISPHOSPHONATE QUINOLONE CONJUGATES AND USES THEREOF”, which is incorporated by reference herein in its entirety.
STATEMENT REGARDING FEDERALY SPONSORED RESEARCH OR DEVELOPMENT
This invention was made with government support under grant number R41 DE025789-01 and under grant number R42DE025789-02 awarded by the NIH/NIDCR as well as under grant number R43AR073727 awarded by the NIH/NIAMS. The US government has certain rights in the invention.
BACKGROUND
Bone and joint infections affect millions of adults and children worldwide. The overall incidence in the United States is 3-6 million persons, with specific populations having different risks. For diabetics, the annual incidence of foot ulcers is about 1 in 30, with underlying osteomyelitis in up to two-thirds of the cases. In children, recently reported annual incidence ranges from 1/4000 to 1/15000. However, in the Pediatric Health Information System (PHIS) database of administrative data from U.S. pediatric hospitals, we found 10,245 (0.5%) discharges with a diagnosis of osteomyelitis among 2,247,889 in a 5-year period from 2009-2013, for a rough annual incidence of approximately 1/1100 hospitalizations.
A number of Gram-positive and Gram-negative bacteria, as well as fungi and mycobacteria can cause bone and joint infections. By far the most common organism implicated in bone and joint infections is Staphylococcus aureus (S.aureus), both methicillin-susceptible (MSSA) and methicillin-resistant (MRSA).
The standard of care for bone and joint infections usually requires systemic administration of antibiotics. For acute infections, intravenous antibiotics are generally prescribed for 2 - 6 weeks. Prolonged courses of oral antibiotics may follow for chronic infections, or infections associated with retained implanted hardware. Both for acute and chronic infections, these extended courses of therapy can lead to drug-related adverse events in a significant percentage of patients - 15% in one estimate for a cohort treated for infections with MSSA. Moreover, it is known that nephrotoxicity with vancomycin, the most common therapy for MRSA infections, occurs in as much as 43% of patients, and increases with duration of therapy.
Persistent bone infections such as jaw osteomyelitis, osteomyelitis at other skeletal sites and osteonecrosis can culminate in significant bone resorption and destruction of bone and hydroxyapatite (HA) mineral. Bone and HA resorption is thought to be induced and mediated not only by bone cells, i.e. osteoclasts, but also microbial biofilm pathogens in combination with host inflammatory responses and osteodastogenic activity. Biofilms are a complex microbial community composed of one or more bacterial species attached to a substrate and surrounded by a self- produced extracellular matrix. Many different types of microbial infections are known to be caused by organisms growing in a biofilm state. Bacterial biofilms of Staphylococcus aureus (S. aureus) are the dominant cause of biofilm- associated infections in health care systems and are associated with serious infections such as osteomyelitis.
Osteomyelitis is associated with significant morbidity and mortality. Surgery and antimicrobial therapy, often intravenous and longer-term antibiotics, are mainstays of osteomyelitis management. Surgery can involve conservative removal of infected bone or more aggressive modalities such as resection. Thus, treatment of infectious bone disease is mainly antimicrobial therapy with or without surgical intervention depending on clinicopathologic factors. Antibiotics, however, have poor bone absorption and pharmacokinetics in vivo. Therefore, any improvement in bone bioavailability of therapeutic antibiotics would be a significant advancement in treating osteomyelitis.
To overcome the many challenges associated with treating bone infections, it has become common practice by clinicians to use local delivery systems for achieving higher therapeutic antibacterial concentrations in bone. For example, polymethylmethacrylate beads represent the majority of non-biodegradable carrier systems used to deliver antibiotics to orthopedic infections, but they require surgical removal upon completion of drug release. They also tend to release antibiotics in an initial burst pattern that quickly depletes the bulk of the drug from the carrier beads, followed by a slow release at lower concentrations that may not be adequate to control infection and may foster development of resistance. These concerns limit the usefulness of this approach in the majority of bone and joint infections.
Dentistry has used local delivery of antimicrobials to treat infected jawbone associated with conditions like periodontal bone loss, jaw osteomyelitis and osteonecrosis in order to reach high local concentrations of drug, but these modalities are often ineffective without surgical intervention and bone bioavailability of antibiotic is poor. Antibiotic-impregnated cement, used primarily at the time of first debridement of an infected implant to improve control of the infection, is not generally used in the treatment of bone and joint infections of native bone without implanted hardware. Concerns about prolonged sub-therapeutic antibiotic concentrations and selection of resistant organisms also apply to cement.
Localized delivery of antimicrobial agents to bone could be a significant step forward in treating infectious bone disease, but still has penetration limitations and potential eukaryotic cell cytotoxicity; thus, research and the development of more effective and physiologically targeted delivery systems are in high demand. An ideal antibiotic delivery system is one that targets bone tissue without the need for surgical implantation or removal. Such targeting also minimizes systemic doses and exposure of tissues other than bone to antibiotics, therefore reducing the risk of adverse effects or selective pressure facilitating the emergence of resistant organisms. Reduced dosing frequency made possible by achieving prolonged concentrations of the antibiotic at the site of infection is another potential major benefit.
The inadequate efficacy of current antimicrobial treatments for osteomyelitis has been ascribed to the limited access of systemically administered antibiotics to sites where causative bacteria can reside, including as biofilms on bone surfaces, even surfaces within the osteocytic canalicular network, where a class of drugs known as bisphosphonates (BPs) readily gain access.
SUMMARY
Provided herein, in various aspects, are BP quinolone antibiotic compounds, conjugates and formulations, and various methods of use thereof, to address the aforementioned needs.
In any one or more aspects herein, to exploit BP affinity for bone, a“target and release” chemistry approach involving delivery of a quinolone antibiotic to bone or hydroxyapatite (HA) surfaces via BP conjugates is provided, in particular to sites where bone infections have initiated and elevated bone metabolism has taken place. Relatively serum-stable drug- BP linkers can be utilized that metabolize and release the parent quinolone antibiotic most preferentially at the bone surface. The BP quinolone compounds, conjugates and formulations can contain a bisphosphonate (BP) that can be releasably conjugated to a quinolone compound or analog. In any one or more embodiments herein, the BP has an alpha substituent and the alpha subsitutent is a hydroxy, amino or thiol group. The quinolone can be conjugated directly or indirectly to the BP at the geminal carbon alpha substituent of the BP, a described in any one or more aspects herein. In any one or more embodiments, the quinolone is reversibly coupled or conjugated to a geminal hydroxy, amino or thiol group on the carbon between the two phosphonate groups of the BP. When conjugated in this manner the two phosphonate groups operate to weaken the linkage of the quinolone to the BP, and the BP is activating the linker that reversibly couples or conjugates the quinolone to the BP upon release of the quinolone from the BP. In particular embodiments, the BP can be etidronate, methylene hydroxy bisphosphonate (MHBP) or pamidronate, preferably etidronate or MHBP. In particular embodiments, the BP can be an inactive or a low active BP, as described herein.
In any one or more embodiments, the BP quinolone compound or conjugate can be administered systemically to selectively deliver a quinolone to the skeleton and, in particular, to infected bone sites, or locally when combined with bone grafts or bone graft substitutes (i.e., can target bone, bone infections, or other high bone metabolism sites) in a subject. In any one or more embodiments, the BP quinolone compound or conjugate can release the quinolone, in particular a quinolone compound, substituent or derivative thereof. Also provided herein are methods of synthesizing BP quinolone compounds, conjugates and methods of treating or preventing osteomyelitis or other bone infections with one or more of the BP quinolone compounds, conjugates and/or formulations provided herein.
Provided herein, in various aspects, are BP quinolone compounds and conjugates that can contain a bisphosphonate (BP) that can be releasably conjugated to a quinolone. In embodiments, the BP quinolone compound or conjugate can selectively deliver a quinolone to bone, bone grafts, and or bone graft substitutes in particular to sites of higher bone metabolism where bone infections have initiated in a subject. In any one or more embodiments, the BP quinolone compound or conjugate can release the quinolone. Also provided herein are methods of synthesizing BP quinolone compounds and conjugates and methods of treating or preventing osteomyelitis or other bone infections with one or more of the BP quinolone compounds or conjugates provided herein.
In particular embodiments herein, the BP is etidronate conjugated to a fluoroquinolone antibiotic such as ciprofloxacin, moxifloxacin or sitafloxacin. In embodiments, the BP is etidronate conjugated to a non-fluoroquinolone such as nemonoxacin. For example, the conjugate can be a compound according to Formula (41), Formula (43), Formula (44) or Formula (45).
Formula (44)
Formula (45)
Also provided herein are pharmaceutical compositions or formulations containing a compound according to Formula (41), Formula (43), Formula (44) and/or Formula (45), and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
Also provided herein are methods of treating a bone infection in a subject in need thereof that can include the step of administering an amount of the compound according to Formula (41), Formula (43), Formula (44) and/or Formula (45), or a pharmaceutical formulation containing a compound according to Formula (41), Formula (43), Formula (44) and/or Formula (45), to a subject in need thereof.
Also provided herein are compounds, conjugates and antimicrobial and antibiotic agents containing a bisphosphonate (BP) and a quinolone compound, wherein the quinolone compound is releasably or reversibly coupled to the bisphosphonate via a linker, as described herein. Preferred releasable linkers, as described herein, are more or less stable in the bloodstream shortly after administration and more or less slowly cleaved in the bone / skeletal compartments of the body to slowly release quinolone antibiotic compounds, substituents or derivatives locally.
In any one or more aspects, the BP quinolone compound can be comprised of a quinolone antibiotic analog or substituent according to the following structure or Formula (A),
Formula (A) wherein R1 can be either
OH L = linker or HO L = linker or HO L = linker
and wherein R2 can and wherein R3 can be either H or OCH3, and where R4 can be H, and wherein R5 can be H or F.
As shown, the quinolone of Formula (A) can be linked to a bisphosphonate (BP). In any one or more aspects or embodiments herein, a compound or conjugate comprising a bisphosphonate (BP) and a quinolone compound or analog is provided wherein the BP can have an alpha substituent and the alpha substituent can be a hydroxy, amino or thiol group. The quinolone can be directly or indirectly conjugated to the BP at the germinal carbon alpha substituent (X) of the BP, as illustrated in the formula below. quinolone conjugates between alpha-X containing BP and quinolone
X= O, NH, NR1, S
R1 can be alkyl or substituted alkyl, aryl or subsituted aryl groups wherein R can be H, substituted and unsubstituted alkyl, alkyl amino, alkyl-aryl, aryl, alkylheteroaryl, or heteroaryl.
Preferred BPs are those that have a germinal hydroxy group on the carbon between the two phosphonate groups. A generic analog of such a BP is illustrated in Fig. 25. The BP be an alpha-OH containing BP and wherein the quinolone is directly or indirectly conjugated to the BP at the geminal OH of the BP.
In any one or more aspects, the bisphosphonate can be ethylidenebisphosphonate moiety (etidronate) that can be substituted by hydroxy (an alpha-hydroxy), amino or thiol. In some aspects, the bisphosphonate can include a para-hydroxyphenylethylidene group or derivative thereof. In embodiments, the BP can be a clinically known BP, such as pamidronate, alendronate, risedronate, zoledronate, minodronate, neridronate, and etidronate, which can be unmodified or modified as described herein.
In any one or more preferred embodiments, the BP can be etidronate. Etidronate can be linked to a quinolone to form a quinolone antibiotic etidronate-ciprofloxacin (ECC) conjugate, such as in Formula (41) or to form an etidronate moxifloxacin (ECX) conjugate such as in Formula (43) herein.
The linker, L, can be a compound that is cleavable, meaning that it reversibly couples the quinolone analog or compound, in particular a quinolone antimicrobial or antibiotic analog or substituent thereof, to the BP. As used herein, the term“cleavable” can mean a group that is chemically or biochemically unstable under physiological conditions. In any one or more aspects, the linker can be a carbamate, having a structure or Formula (B) below
for coupling a quinolone, R2, to a BP, R1, as described herein, and R3 can be substituted and unsubstituted alkyl, acetyl, benzoyl or other amides, phenyl and substituted phenyl, preferably H.
In any one or more aspects, the linker can be a carbonate, having a structure or Formula (C) below
Formula (C) for coupling a quinolone, R2, to a BP, R1, as described herein.
In any one or more aspects of any one or more embodiments herein, the linker can be an alkyl or an aryl carbamate linker. The linker can be an O-thioaryl or thioalkyl carbamate linker. The linker can be an S-thioaryl or thioalkyl carbamate linker. The linker can be a phenyl carbamate linker. The linker can be a thiocarbamate linker. The linker can be an O-thiocarbamate linker. The linker can be an S-thiocarbamate linker. The linker can be an ester linker. The linker can be a dithiocarbamate. The linker can be a urea linker. The linker can be part of the R1 group of Formula (A) along with the BP and couple the BP to the quinolone, as described herein. In any one or more aspects, the linker can be exemplified by any one of Formula (D) - Formula (H) below, wherein: R2 can be a quinolone or a quinolone substituent or derivative and R1 can be a BP, both as described herein; and R3 can be substituted and unsubstituted alkyl, acetyl, benzoyl or other amides, phenyl and substituted phenyl, preferably H.
Formula (D) Formula (E) Formula (F)
Formula (G) Formula (H)
In some aspects, the BP is etidronate. In some aspects, the quinolone is ciprofloxacin or moxifloxacin. In some aspects, the BP is etidronate, the quinolone is ciprofloxacin and the linker is an alkyl or an aryl carbamate or a linker of Formula (F) providing the compound of Formula (41). In some aspects, the BP is etidronate, the quinolone is moxifloxacin and the linker is an alkyl or an aryl carbamate or a linker of Formula (F) providing the compound of Formula (43). In some aspects, the BP is etidronate, the quinolone is sitafloxacin or nemonoxacin and the linker is an alkyl or an aryl carbamate or a linker of Formula (F) providing the compound of Formula (44) or Formula (45) below.
Formula (44)
Formula (45)
In other aspects, the BP can be another BP described herein, such as pamidronate, neridronate, olpadronate, alendronate, ibandronate, minodronate, risedronate, zoledronate, hydroxymethylenebisphosphonate, and combinations thereof.
Also provided herein are pharmaceutical formulations that can contain a bisphosphonate (BP) and a quinolone compound of Formula (A), wherein the quinolone compound is releasably coupled to the bisphosphonate via a linker, L; and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. The bisphosphonate (BP) and the linker, L, can be as described herein in any one or more aspects.
Also provided, in any one or more aspects of any one or more embodiments herein, are compounds and conjugates containing a bisphosphonate (BP) and a quinolone compound, wherein the quinolone compound is releasably coupled to the bisphosphonate via a linker. The BP can be selected from the group of: hydroxyl phenyl alkyl or aryl bisphosphonates, hydroxyl phenyl (or aryl) alkyl hydroxyl bisphosphonates, amino phenyl(or aryl) alkyl bisphosphonates, amino phenyl(or aryl) alkyl hydroxyl bisphosphonates, hydroxyl alkyl bisphosphonates, hydroxyl alkyl hydroxyl bisphosphonates, hydroxyl alkyl phenyl(or aryl) alkyl bisphosphonates, hydroxyl phenyl(or aryl) alkyl hydroxyl bisphosphonates, amino phenyl(or aryl) alkyl bisphosphonates, amino phenyl(or aryl) alkyl hydroxyl bisphosphonates, hydroxyl alkyl bisphosphonates, hydroxyl alkyl hydroxyl bisphosphonates, hydroxypyridyl alkyl bisphosphonates, pyridyl alkyl bisphosphonates, hydroxyl imadazoyl alkyl bisphosphonates, imidazoyl alkyl bisphosphonates, etidronate, pamidronate, neridronate, olpadronate, alendronate, ibandronate, risedronate, zoledronate, minodronate, hydroxymethylenebisphosphonate, and combinations thereof, wherein all the compounds can be optionally further substituted or are unsubsituted.
In any one or more aspects of any one or more embodiments herein, the quinolone compound can be a fluoroquinolone or a non-fluoroquinolone. The quinolone compound can be selected from the group of: alatrofloxacin, amifloxacin, balofloxacin, besifloxacin, cadazolid, ciprofloxacin, clinafloxacin, danofloxacin, delafloxacin, difloxacin, enoxacin, enrofloxacin, finafloxacin, flerofloxacin, flumequine, gatifloxacin, gemifloxacin, grepafloxacin, ibafloxacin, JNJ- Q2, levofloxacin, lomefloxacin, marbofloxacin, moxifloxacin, nadifloxacin, norfloxacin, ofloxacin, orbifloxacin, pazufloxacin, pefloxacin, pradofloxacin, prulifloxacin, rufloxacin, sarafloxacin, sitafloxacin, sparfloxacin, temafloxacin, tosufloxacin, trvafloxacin, zabofloxacin, nemonoxacin and combinations thereof.
In some aspects, the BP is etidronate. In some aspects, the quinolone is ciprofloxacin or moxifloxacin. In other aspects, the BP can be another BP described herein, such as pamidronate, neridronate, olpadronate, alendronate, ibandronate, minodronate, risedronate, zoledronate, hydroxymethylenebisphosphonate, and combinations thereof.
The quinolone compound can have a structure according to Formula (A),
Formula (A),
where R1 can be substituents including alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, phenyl, substituted phenyl, aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, halo, hydroxyl, alkoxy, substituted alkoxy, phenoxy, substituted phenoxy, aroxy, substituted aroxy, alkylthio, substituted alkylthio, phenylthio, substituted phenylthio, arylthio, substituted arylthio, cyano, isocyano, substituted isocyano, carbonyl, substituted carbonyl, carboxyl, substituted carboxyl, amino, substituted amino, amido, substituted amido, sulfonyl, substituted sulfonyl, sulfonic acid, phosphoryl, substituted phosphoryl, phosphonyl, substituted phosphonyl, polyaryl, substituted polyaryl, C3-C20 cyclic, substituted C3-C20 cyclic, heterocyclic, substituted heterocyclic, amino acid, peptide, and polypeptide groups,
where R2 can be substituents including alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, phenyl, substituted phenyl, aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, halo, hydroxyl, alkoxy, substituted alkoxy, phenoxy, substituted phenoxy, aroxy, substituted aroxy, alkylthio, substituted alkylthio, phenylthio, substituted phenylthio, arylthio, substituted arylthio, cyano, isocyano, substituted isocyano, carbonyl, substituted carbonyl, carboxyl, substituted carboxyl, amino, substituted amino, amido, substituted amido, sulfonyl, substituted sulfonyl, sulfonic acid, phosphoryl, substituted phosphoryl, phosphonyl, substituted phosphonyl, polyaryl, substituted polyaryl, C3-C20 cyclic, substituted C3-C20 cyclic, heterocyclic, substituted heterocyclic, amino acid, peptide, and polypeptide groups,
where R3 can be substituents including alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, phenyl, substituted phenyl, aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, halo, hydroxyl, alkoxy, substituted alkoxy, phenoxy, substituted phenoxy, aroxy, substituted aroxy, alkylthio, substituted alkylthio, phenylthio, substituted phenylthio, arylthio, substituted arylthio, cyano, isocyano, substituted isocyano, carbonyl, substituted carbonyl, carboxyl, substituted carboxyl, amino, substituted amino, amido, substituted amido, sulfonyl, substituted sulfonyl, sulfonic acid, phosphoryl, substituted phosphoryl, phosphonyl, substituted phosphonyl, polyaryl, substituted polyaryl, C3-C20 cyclic, substituted C3-C20 cyclic, heterocyclic, substituted heterocyclic, amino acid, peptide, and polypeptide groups,
where R4 can be substituents including alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, phenyl, substituted phenyl, aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, halo, hydroxyl, alkoxy, substituted alkoxy, phenoxy, substituted phenoxy, aroxy, substituted aroxy, alkylthio, substituted alkylthio, phenylthio, substituted phenylthio, arylthio, substituted arylthio, cyano, isocyano, substituted isocyano, carbonyl, substituted carbonyl, carboxyl, substituted carboxyl, amino, substituted amino, amido, substituted amido, sulfonyl, substituted sulfonyl, sulfonic acid, phosphoryl, substituted phosphoryl, phosphonyl, substituted phosphonyl, polyaryl, substituted polyaryl, C3-C20 cyclic, substituted C3-C20 cyclic, heterocyclic, substituted heterocyclic, amino acid, peptide, and polypeptide groups, and
and wherein R5 can be H or F.
In any one or more aspects, the linker can be as described in any one or more aspects elsewhere herein. The linker can be attached to the R1 group of Formula (A).
In any one or more aspects or embodiments herein, the BP can have an alpha substituent and the alpha substituent is a hydroxy, amino or thiol group. The quinolone can be directly or indirectly conjugated to the BP at the germinal carbon alpha substituent (X) of the BP, as illustrated in the formula below. quinolone conjugates between alpha-X containing BP and quinolone
X= 0, NH, NR1, S
R1 can be alkyl or substituted alkyl, aryl or subsituted aryl groups wherein R can be H, substituted and unsubstituted alkyl, alkyl amino, alkyl-aryl, aryl, alkylheteroaryl, or heteroaryl. Preferred BPs are those that have a germinal hydroxy group on the carbon between the two phosphonate groups.
In any one or more aspects or embodiments herein, the bisphosphonate can be an ethylidenebisphosphonate moiety (etidronate) that can be substituted by hydroxy (an alpha- hydroxy), amino or thiol. In some aspects, the bisphosphonate can include a para- hydroxyphenylethylidene group or derivative thereof. In embodiments, the BP can be a clinically known BP, such as pamidronate, alendronate, risedronate, zoledronate, minodronate, neridronate, and etidronate, which can be unmodified or modified as described herein.
In some aspects, the compound has a formula according to Formula (41), Formula (43), Formula (44) or Formula (45).
Formula (45)
Also provided herein are pharmaceutical formulations that can contain a bisphosphonate and a quinolone compound, wherein the quinolone compound is releasably coupled to the bisphosphonate via a linker; and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. The bisphosphonate can be selected from the group of: hydroxyl phenyl alkyl or aryl bisphosphonates, hydroxyl phenyl (or aryl) alkyl hydroxyl bisphosphonates, amino phenyl(or aryl) alkyl bisphosphonates, amino phenyl(or aryl) alkyl hydroxyl bisphosphonates, hydroxyl alkyl bisphosphonates, hydroxyl alkyl hydroxyl bisphosphonates, hydroxyl alkyl phenyl(or aryl) alkyl bisphosphonates, hydroxyl phenyl(or aryl) alkyl hydroxyl bisphosphonates, amino phenyl(or aryl) alkyl bisphosphonates, amino phenyl(or aryl) alkyl hydroxyl bisphosphonates, hydroxyl alkyl bisphosphonates, hydroxyl alkyl hydroxyl bisphosphonates, hydroxypyridyl alkyl bisphosphonates, pyridyl alkyl bisphosphonates, hydroxyl imadazoyl alkyl bisphosphonates, imidazoyl alkyl bisphosphonates, etidronate, pamidronate, neridronate, olpadronate, alendronate, ibandronate, risedronate, zoledronate, minodronate, hydroxymethylenebisphosphonate, and combinations thereof, wherein all the compounds can be optionally futher substituted or are unsubsituted.
The quinolone compound can be a fluoroquinolone or a non-fluoroquinolone. The quinolone compound can be selected from the group of: alatrofloxacin, amifloxacin, balofloxacin, besifloxacin, cadazolid, ciprofloxacin, clinafloxacin, danofloxacin, delafloxacin, difloxacin, enoxacin, enrofloxacin, finafloxacin, flerofloxacin, flumequine, gatifloxacin, gemifloxacin, grepafloxacin, ibafloxacin, JNJ-Q2, levofloxacin, lomefloxacin, marbofloxacin, moxifloxacin, nadifloxacin, norfloxacin, ofloxacin, orbifloxacin, pazufloxacin, pefloxacin, pradofloxacin, prulifloxacin, rufloxacin, sarafloxacin, sitafloxacin, sparfloxacin, temafloxacin, tosufloxacin, trvafloxacin, zabofloxacin, nemonoxacin and combinations thereof.
The quinolone compound can have a structure according to Formula (A),
Formula (A),
where R1 can be substituents including alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, phenyl, substituted phenyl, aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, halo, hydroxyl, alkoxy, substituted alkoxy, phenoxy, substituted phenoxy, aroxy, substituted aroxy, alkylthio, substituted alkylthio, phenylthio, substituted phenylthio, arylthio, substituted arylthio, cyano, isocyano, substituted isocyano, carbonyl, substituted carbonyl, carboxyl, substituted carboxyl, amino, substituted amino, amido, substituted amido, sulfonyl, substituted sulfonyl, sulfonic acid, phosphoryl, substituted phosphoryl, phosphonyl, substituted phosphonyl, polyaryl, substituted polyaryl, C3-C20 cyclic, substituted C3-C20 cyclic, heterocyclic, substituted heterocyclic, amino acid, peptide, and polypeptide groups,
where R2 can be substituents including alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, phenyl, substituted phenyl, aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, halo, hydroxyl, alkoxy, substituted alkoxy, phenoxy, substituted phenoxy, aroxy, substituted aroxy, alkylthio, substituted alkylthio, phenylthio, substituted phenylthio, arylthio, substituted arylthio, cyano, isocyano, substituted isocyano, carbonyl, substituted carbonyl, carboxyl, substituted carboxyl, amino, substituted amino, amido, substituted amido, sulfonyl, substituted sulfonyl, sulfonic acid, phosphoryl, substituted phosphoryl, phosphonyl, substituted phosphonyl, polyaryl, substituted polyaryl, C3-C20 cyclic, substituted C3-C20 cyclic, heterocyclic, substituted heterocyclic, amino acid, peptide, and polypeptide groups,
where R3 can be substituents including alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, phenyl, substituted phenyl, aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, halo, hydroxyl, alkoxy, substituted alkoxy, phenoxy, substituted phenoxy, aroxy, substituted aroxy, alkylthio, substituted alkylthio, phenylthio, substituted phenylthio, arylthio, substituted arylthio, cyano, isocyano, substituted isocyano, carbonyl, substituted carbonyl, carboxyl, substituted carboxyl, amino, substituted amino, amido, substituted amido, sulfonyl, substituted sulfonyl, sulfonic acid, phosphoryl, substituted phosphoryl, phosphonyl, substituted phosphonyl, polyaryl, substituted polyaryl, C3-C20 cyclic, substituted C3-C20 cyclic, heterocyclic, substituted heterocyclic, amino acid, peptide, and polypeptide groups,
where R4 can be substituents including alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, phenyl, substituted phenyl, aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, halo, hydroxyl, alkoxy, substituted alkoxy, phenoxy, substituted phenoxy, aroxy, substituted aroxy, alkylthio, substituted alkylthio, phenylthio, substituted phenylthio, arylthio, substituted arylthio, cyano, isocyano, substituted isocyano, carbonyl, substituted carbonyl, carboxyl, substituted carboxyl, amino, substituted amino, amido, substituted amido, sulfonyl, substituted sulfonyl, sulfonic acid, phosphoryl, substituted phosphoryl, phosphonyl, substituted phosphonyl, polyaryl, substituted polyaryl, C3-C20 cyclic, substituted C3-C20 cyclic, heterocyclic, substituted heterocyclic, amino acid, peptide, and polypeptide groups, and
and wherein R5 can be H or F.
In any one or more aspects, the linker can be as described in any one or more aspects elsewhere herein. The linker can be attached to the R1 group of Formula (A).
In any one or more aspects, the BP can have an alpha substituent and the alpha substituent is a hydroxy, amino or thiol group. The quinolone can be directly or indirectly conjugated to the BP at the germinal carbon alpha substituent (X) of the BP, as illustrated in the formula below.
HO -P TV-OH
// R o conjugates between alpha-X containing BP and quinolone
X= O, NH, NR1, S
R1 can be alkyl or substituted alkyl, aryl or subsituted aryl groups wherein R can be H, substituted and unsubstituted alkyl, alkyl amino, alkyl-aryl, aryl, alkylheteroaryl, or heteroaryl. Preferred BPs are those that have a geminal hydroxy group on the carbon between the two phosphonate groups.
In any one or more aspects, the bisphosphonate can be an ethylidenebisphosphonate moiety (etidronate) that can be substituted by hydroxy (an alpha-hydroxy), amino or thiol. In some aspects, the bisphosphonate can include a para-hydroxyphenylethylidene group or derivative thereof. In embodiments, the BP can be a clinically known BP, such as pamidronate, alendronate, risedronate, zoledronate, minodronate, neridronate, and etidronate, which can be unmodified or modified as described herein.
In some aspects, the formulation includes a compound that has a formula according to Formula (41 ), Formula (43), Formula (44) and/or Formula (45) herein.
The amount of the compound or conjugate in the pharmaceutical formulation can be an amount effective to kill or inhibit bacteria. The amount of the compound or conjugate in the pharmaceutical formulation can be an amount effective to treat, inhibit, or prevent a bone disease. The amount of the compound or conjugate in the pharmaceutical formulation can be an amount effective to treat, inhibit, or prevent osteomyelitis, osteonecrosis, peri-implantitis, and/or periodontitis. The amount of the compound or conjugate in the pharmaceutical formulation can be an amount effective for prophylaxis treatment of any of the foregoing.
Further, in one or more embodiments, methods are provided of preparing a bisphosphonate-quinolone compound, conjugate or formulation thereof, comprising linking a bisphosphonate with a quinolone compound or substituent as described in any one or more aspects herein. Methods are also provided for use of any one or more bisphosphonate-quinolone compounds or conjugates in the preparation of a pharmaceutical or medicament for the treatment of any one or more of the diseases mentioned herein.
Also provided herein are methods of treating a bone disease or infection, such as osteomyelitis, in a subject in need thereof that can include the step of administering an amount, in particular an effective amount, of a compound as provided herein or pharmaceutical formulation thereof to the subject in need thereof. Also provided herein are methods of treating a bone disease, such as a hematogenous or local osteomyelitis including juvenile osteomyelitis and infections related to prosthetic joint replacements or osteonecrosis, in a subject in need thereof that can include the step of administering an amount, in particular an effective amount of a compound as provided herein or pharmaceutical formulation thereof to the subject in need thereof.
Also provided herein are methods of treating peri-implantitis or periodontitis in a subject in need thereof, the method comprising administering an amount of administering an amount, in particular an effective amount, of a compound as provided herein or pharmaceutical formulation thereof to the subject in need thereof.
Also provided herein are methods of treating diabetic foot disease in a subject in need thereof, the method comprising administering an amount, in particular an effective amount, of a compound as provided herein or pharmaceutical formulation thereof to the subject in need thereof. Also provided herein are methods of treating bone infections in diabetic patients including diabetic foot diseases in a subject in need thereof, the method comprising administering an amount, in particular an effective amount, of a compound as provided herein or pharmaceutical formulation thereof to the subject in need thereof. A reduction in related amputations, debridement, of limbs and infected skeletal sites can result from these more powerful localized modes of antibiotic therapies.
Also provided herein are bone graft compositions that can include a bone graft material and a compound as described herein or a pharmaceutical formulation thereof, wherein the compound or pharmaceutical formulation thereof is attached to, integrated with, chemisorbed to, or mixed with the bone graft material. The bone graft material can be autograft bone material, allograft bone material, xenograft bone material, a synthetic bone graft material, or any combination thereof.
Also provided herein are methods that can include the step of implanting the bone graft composition as described herein in a subject in need thereof.
Also provided herein are methods of preventing or prophylaxis treatment of, biofilm infection at an osseous or implant surgical site, or at a surgical site where bone grafting is performed, where the methods can include the step of administering a compound as described herein to a subject in need thereof.
Also provided herein are methods of preventing, or prophylaxis treatment, of biofilm infection at an osseous or implant surgical site, or at a surgical site where bone grafting is performed, where the method can include the step of implanting a bone graft composition as described herein to a subject in need thereof.
Other compounds, compositions, formulations, methods, features, and advantages of the present disclosure of a fabrication system for nanowire template synthesis, will be or become apparent to one with skill in the art upon examination of the following drawings and detailed description. It is intended that all such additional systems, methods, features, and advantages be included within this description, be within the scope of the present disclosure, and be protected by the accompanying claims.
BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS
Further aspects of the present disclosure will be readily appreciated upon review of the detailed description of its various embodiments, described below, when taken in conjunction with the accompanying drawings.
Fig. 1 shows a scanning electron micrograph (SEM; 100x magnification) of a surgical specimen from a patient with chronic osteomyelitis showing characteristic multi-layered and matrix-enclosed biofilms colonizing bone surfaces internally and externally; inset top right shows high-power view (5000x magnification) of the causative staphylococcal biofilm pathogens. [The sample was processed for SEM, sputter coated with platinum and imaged with an XL 30S SEM (FEG, FEI Co., Hillsboro, OR) operating at 5 kV in the secondary electron mode].
Fig. 2 demonstrates the general BP quinolone conjugate targeting strategy.
Fig. 3 shows an embodiment of a BP-FQ conjugate.
Fig. 4 shows additional BP-Ab conjugate design.
Fig. 5 shows an embodiment of a synthesis scheme for synthesis of BP-Ab conjugates with an O-thiocarbamate linker.
Fig. 6 shows an embodiment of a scheme for synthesis of alpha-OH protected BP esters.
Fig. 7 shows an embodiment of a scheme for synthesis of BP 3-linker 3-ciprofloxacin.
Fig. 8 shows a BP-carbamate-moxifloxacin BP conjugate and synthesis scheme.
Fig. 9 shows a BP-carbamate-gatifloxacin BP conjugate and synthesis scheme.
Fig. 10 shows a BP-p-Hydroxyphenyl Acetic Acid-ciprofloxacin BP conjugate and synthesis scheme.
Fig. 11 shows a BP-OH-ciprofloxacin BP conjugate and synthesis scheme.
Fig. 12 shows a BP-O-Thiocarbamate-ciprofloxacin BP conjugate and synthesis scheme.
Fig. 13 shows a BP-S-Thiocarbamate-ciprofloxacin BP conjugate and synthesis scheme. Fig. 14 shows a BP-Resorcinol-ciprofloxacin BP conjugate and synthesis scheme.
Fig. 15 shows a BP-Hydroquinone-ciprofloxacin BP conjugate and synthesis scheme.
Fig. 16 shows one embodiment of a genus structure for a genus of BP-Fluoroquinolones.
Fig. 17 shows various BP-fluoroquinolone conjugates.
Fig. 18 shows one embodiment of a genus structure for a genus of a phosphonate containing an aryl group.
Fig. 19 shows various BPs, where X can be F, Cl, Br, or I.
Fig. 20 shows various BP’s with terminal primary amines.
Fig. 21 shows various BPs coupled to a linker containing a terminal hydroxyl and amine functional groups where R can be Risedronate, Zoledronate, Minodronate, Pamidronate, or Alendronate.
Fig. 22 shows various BP-pamidronate-ciprofloxacin conjugates.
Fig. 23 shows various BP-Alendronate-ciprofloxacin conjugates.
FIG. 24 depicts examples of pharmacologically inert BPs used in the present conjugation: medium (A/E), high (B/F), and low (C/G) affinity BPs and longer phenylalkyl chain BP (D/H).
FIG. 25 depicts examples of pharmacologically low active BPs that can be used in the present conjugation.
FIG. 26 depicts the results of dynamic monitoring of biofilm growth in the presence of different concentrations of conjugates. Culture ( - ), S. aureus with ECC 2 pg/ml I ( . ),
FIG. 27 depicts S. aureus MICso analysis for ECC & ECX. ECC ( - ), ECX ( - ).
FIG. 28 depicts the results of dynamic monitoring of biofilm growth in the presence of different concentrations of parent antibiotics. Culture ( . ), S. aureus with Cipro 0.1 pg/ml I (—
— -), Cipro 0.25 pg/ml ( - ), Cipro 1 pg/ml ( - ), Cipro 2 pg/ml ( - ), Moxi 0.05 pg/ml (—
--), Moxi 0.1 pg/ml ( - ), Moxi 0.2 pg/ml ( - ), Moxi 0.5 pg/ml ( - ).
FIG. 29 depicts S. aureus MICso analysis for Cipro & Moxi. Moxi ( - ), Cipro ( - ).
FIG. 30 depicts the results of dynamic monitoring of biofilm growth in the presence of
Cipro/Moxi+HA(10 pg/ml). Culture ( - ), S. aureus with Cipro 0.01 pg/ml ( - ), Cipro 0.075 pg/ml ( - ), Cipro 0.1 pg/ml ( - ), Cipro 0.25 pg/ml ( - ), Cipro 0.50 pg/ml ( - ), Moxi 0.02 pg/ml ( - ), Moxi 0.04 pg/ml ( - ), Moxi 0.08 pg/ml ( - ), Moxi 0.1 pg/ml ( - ),
Moxi 0.2 pg/ml ( - ).
FIG. 31 depicts S. aureus MIC5o analysis for Cipro/Moxi+HA. Moxi ( - ), Cipro ( - ).
FIG. 32 depicts the results of dynamic monitoring of biofilm growth in the presence of
ECC/ECX+HA(10 pg/ml). Culture ( - ), S. aureus with ECC 1 pg/ml ( - ), ECC 5 pg/ml (— -
— ), ECC 7.5 pg/ml ( - ), ECC 10 pg/ml ( - ), ECX 1 pg/ml ( - ), ECX 2.5 pg/ml ( - ),
ECX 7.5 pg/ml ( - ), ECX 10 pg/ml ( - ).
FIG. 33 depicts S. aureus MICso analysis for ECC/ECX+HA. ECX ( - ), ECC ( - ).
DETAILED DESCRIPTION
Before the present disclosure is described in greater detail, it is to be understood that this disclosure is not limited to particular embodiments described, and as such may, of course, vary. It is also to be understood that the terminology used herein is for the purpose of describing particular embodiments only, and is not intended to be limiting.
Where a range of values is provided, it is understood that each intervening value, to the tenth of the unit of the lower limit unless the context clearly dictates otherwise, between the upper and lower limit of that range and any other stated or intervening value in that stated range, is encompassed within the disclosure. The upper and lower limits of these smaller ranges may independently be included in the smaller ranges and are also encompassed within the disclosure, subject to any specifically excluded limit in the stated range. Where the stated range includes one or both of the limits, ranges excluding either or both of those included limits are also included in the disclosure.
Unless defined otherwise, all technical and scientific terms used herein have the same meaning as commonly understood by one of ordinary skill in the art to which this disclosure belongs. Although any methods and materials similar or equivalent to those described herein can also be used in the practice or testing of the present disclosure, the preferred methods and materials are now described.
All publications and patents cited in this specification are herein incorporated by reference as if each individual publication or patent were specifically and individually indicated to be incorporated by reference and are incorporated herein by reference to disclose and describe the methods and/or materials in connection with which the publications are cited. The citation of any publication is for its disclosure prior to the filing date and should not be construed as an admission that the present disclosure is not entitled to antedate such publication by virtue of prior disclosure. Further, the dates of publication provided could be different from the actual publication dates that may need to be independently confirmed.
As will be apparent to those of skill in the art upon reading this disclosure, each of the individual embodiments described and illustrated herein has discrete components and features which may be readily separated from or combined with the features of any of the other several embodiments without departing from the scope or spirit of the present disclosure. Any recited method can be carried out in the order of events recited or in any other order that is logically possible.
Embodiments of the present disclosure will employ, unless otherwise indicated, techniques of molecular biology, microbiology, nanotechnology, pharmacology, organic chemistry, biochemistry, botany and the like, which are within the skill of the art. Such techniques are explained fully in the literature.
Definitions
Unless otherwise specified herein, the following definitions are provided.
As used herein, "about," "approximately," and the like, when used in connection with a numerical variable, generally refers to the value of the variable and to all values of the variable that are within the experimental error (e.g., within the 95% confidence interval for the mean) or within ±10% of the indicated value, whichever is greater.
As used interchangeably herein, "subject," "individual," or "patient," refers to a vertebrate, preferably a mammal, more preferably a human. Mammals include, but are not limited to, murines, simians, humans, farm animals, sport animals, and pets. The term“pet” includes a dog, cat, guinea pig, mouse, rat, rabbit, ferret, and the like. The term“farm animal” includes a horse, sheep, goat, chicken, pig, cow, donkey, llama, alpaca, turkey, and the like.
As used herein, “control” can refer to an alternative subject or sample used in an experiment for comparison purposes and included to minimize or distinguish the effect of variables other than an independent variable. As used herein, “analog” or“analogue,” such as an analogue of a bisphosphonate described herein, can refer to a structurally close member of the parent molecule or an appended parent molecule such as a bisphosphonate.
As used herein,“conjugated” can refer to direct attachment of two or more compounds to one another via one or more covalent or non-covalent bonds. The term“conjugated” as used herein can also refer to indirect attachment of two or more compounds to one another through an intermediate compound, such as a linker.
As used herein,“pharmaceutical formulation” refers to the combination of an active agent, compound, or ingredient with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or excipient, making the composition suitable for diagnostic, therapeutic, or preventive use in vitro, in vivo, or ex vivo.
As used herein,“pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or excipient” refers to a carrier or excipient that is useful in preparing a pharmaceutical formulation that is generally safe, nontoxic, and is neither biologically or otherwise undesirable, and includes a carrier or excipient that is acceptable for veterinary use as well as human pharmaceutical use. A “pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or excipient” as used in the specification and claims includes both one and more than one such carrier or excipient.
As used herein,“pharmaceutically acceptable salt” refers to any acid or base addition salt whose counter-ions are non-toxic to the subject to which they are administered in pharmaceutical doses of the salts.
As used herein, “active agent” or “active ingredient” refers to a component or components of a composition to which the whole or part of the effect of the composition is attributed.
As used herein, “dose,” “unit dose,” or“dosage” refers to physically discrete units suitable for use in a subject, each unit containing a predetermined quantity of a BP conjugate, such as a BP quinolone conjugate, composition or formulation described herein calculated to produce the desired response or responses in association with its administration.
As used herein,“derivative” refers to any compound having the same or a similar core structure to the compound but having at least one structural difference, including substituting, deleting, and/or adding one or more atoms or functional groups. The term“derivative” does not mean that the derivative is synthesized from the parent compound either as a starting material or intermediate, although this may be the case. The term “derivative” can include prodrugs, or metabolites of the parent compound. Derivatives include compounds in which free amino groups in the parent compound have been derivatized to form amine hydrochlorides, p-toluene sulfoamides, benzoxycarboamides, t-butyloxycarboamides, thiourethane-type derivatives, trifluoroacetylamides, chloroacetylamides, or formamides. Derivatives include compounds in which carboxyl groups in the parent compound have been derivatized to form methyl and ethyl esters, or other types of esters, amides, hydroxamic acids, or hydrazides. Derivatives include compounds in which hydroxyl groups in the parent compound have been derivatized to form O- acyl, O-carbamoyl, or O-alkyl derivatives. Derivatives include compounds in which a hydrogen bond donating group in the parent compound is replaced with another hydrogen bond donating group such as OH, NH, or SH. Derivatives include replacing a hydrogen bond acceptor group in the parent compound with another hydrogen bond acceptor group such as esters, ethers, ketones, carbonates, tertiary amines, imine, thiones, sulfones, tertiary amides, and sulfides. “Derivatives” also includes extensions of the replacement of the cyclopentane ring, as an example, with saturated or unsaturated cyclohexane or other more complex, e.g., nitrogen- containing rings, and extensions of these rings with various groups.
As used herein, “administering” refers to an administration that is oral, topical, intravenous, subcutaneous, transcutaneous, transdermal, intramuscular, intra-joint, parenteral, intra-arteriole, intradermal, intraventricular, intracranial, intraperitoneal, intralesional, intranasal, rectal, vaginal, by inhalation, or via an implanted reservoir. The term “parenteral” includes subcutaneous, intravenous, intramuscular, intra-articular, intra-synovial, intrasternal, intrathecal, intrahepatic, intralesional, and intracranial injections or infusion techniques.
The term “substituted” as used herein, refers to all permissible substituents of the compounds described herein. In the broadest sense, the permissible substituents include acyclic and cyclic, branched and unbranched, carbocyclic and heterocyclic, aromatic and nonaromatic substituents of organic compounds. Illustrative substituents include, but are not limited to, halogens, hydroxyl groups, or any other organic groupings containing any number of carbon atoms, e.g. 1-14 carbon atoms, and optionally include one or more heteroatoms such as oxygen, sulfur, or nitrogen grouping in linear, branched, or cyclic structural formats. Representative substituents include alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, phenyl, substituted phenyl, aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, halo, hydroxyl, alkoxy, substituted alkoxy, phenoxy, substituted phenoxy, aroxy, substituted aroxy, alkylthio, substituted alkylthio, phenylthio, substituted phenylthio, arylthio, substituted arylthio, cyano, isocyano, substituted isocyano, carbonyl, substituted carbonyl, carboxyl, substituted carboxyl, amino, substituted amino, amido, substituted amido, sulfonyl, substituted sulfonyl, sulfonic acid, phosphoryl, substituted phosphoryl, phosphonyl, substituted phosphonyl, polyaryl, substituted polyaryl, C3-C20 cyclic, substituted C3-C20 cyclic, heterocyclic, substituted heterocyclic, amino acid, peptide, and polypeptide groups.
As used herein, “substituent” or "suitable substituent" means a chemically and pharmaceutically acceptable group, i.e., a moiety that does not significantly interfere with the preparation of or negate the efficacy of the inventive compounds. Such suitable substituents may be routinely chosen by those skilled in the art. Suitable substituents include but are not limited to the following: a halo, C1-C6 alkyl, C2-C6 alkenyl, C1-C6 haloalkyl, C-i-Ce alkoxy, C1-C6 haloalkoxy, C2-C6 alkynyl, C3-C8 cycloalkenyl, (C3-C8 cycloalkyl)Ci-C6 alkyl, (C3-C8 cycloalkyl)C2-C6 alkenyl, (C3-C8 cycloalkyl)Ci-C6 alkoxy, C3-C7 heterocycloalkyl, (C3-C7 heterocycloalkyl)Ci-C6 alkyl, (C3- C7 heterocycloalkyl) C2-C6 alkenyl, (C3-C7 heterocycloalkyl)Ci-C6 alkoxyl, hydroxy, carboxy, oxo, sulfanyl, C1-C6 alkylsulfanyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, aralkyl, heteroaralkyl, aralkoxy, heteroaralkoxy, nitro, cyano, amino, C1-C6 alkylamino, di-(Ci-C6 alkyl)amino, carbamoyl, (C1-C6 alkyl)carbonyl, (C1-C6 alkoxy)carbonyl, (Ci-Ce alkyl)aminocarbonyl, di-(Ci-C6 alkyl)aminocarbonyl, arylcarbonyl, aryloxycarbonyl, (Ci-Ce alkyl)sulfonyl, and arylsulfonyl. The groups listed above as suitable substituents are as defined hereinafter except that a suitable substituent may not be further optionally substituted.
The term "alkyl" refers to the radical of saturated aliphatic groups (i.e., an alkane with one hydrogen atom removed), including straight-chain alkyl groups, branched-chain alkyl groups, cycloalkyl (alicyclic) groups, alkyl-substituted cycloalkyl groups, and cycloalkyl-substituted alkyl groups.
In some embodiments, a straight chain or branched chain alkyl can have 30 or fewer carbon atoms in its backbone (e.g., C1-C30 for straight chains, and C3-C30 for branched chains). In other embodiments, a straight chain or branched chain alkyl can contain 20 or fewer, 15 or fewer, or 10 or fewer carbon atoms in its backbone. Likewise, in some embodiments cycloalkyls can have 3-10 carbon atoms in their ring structure. In some of these embodiments, the cycloalkyl can have 5, 6, or 7 carbons in the ring structure.
The term "alkyl" (or "lower alkyl") as used herein is intended to include both "unsubstituted alkyls" and "substituted alkyls," the latter of which refers to alkyl moieties having one or more substituents replacing a hydrogen on one or more carbons of the hydrocarbon backbone. Such substituents include, but are not limited to, halogen, hydroxyl, carbonyl (such as a carboxyl, alkoxycarbonyl, formyl, or an acyl), thiocarbonyl (such as a thioester, a thioacetate, or a thioformate), alkoxyl, phosphoryl, phosphate, phosphonate, phosphinate, amino, amido, amidine, imine, cyano, nitro, azido, sulfhydryl, alkylthio, sulfate, sulfonate, sulfamoyl, sulfonamido, sulfonyl, heterocyclyl, aralkyl, or an aromatic or heteroaromatic moiety.
Unless the number of carbons is otherwise specified, "lower alkyl" as used herein means an alkyl group, as defined above, but having from one to ten carbons in its backbone structure. Likewise, "lower alkenyl" and "lower alkynyl" have similar chain lengths.
It will be understood by those skilled in the art that the moieties substituted on the hydrocarbon chain can themselves be substituted, if appropriate. For instance, the substituents of a substituted alkyl may include halogen, hydroxy, nitro, thiols, amino, azido, imino, amido, phosphoryl (including phosphonate and phosphinate), sulfonyl (including sulfate, sulfonamido, sulfamoyl and sulfonate), and silyl groups, as well as ethers, alkylthios, carbonyls (including ketones, aldehydes, carboxylates, and esters), -CF3, -CN and the like. Cycloalkyls can be substituted in the same manner.
The term“heteroalkyl,” as used herein, refers to straight or branched chain, or cyclic carbon-containing radicals, or combinations thereof, containing at least one heteroatom. Suitable heteroatoms include, but are not limited to, O, N, Si, P, Se, B, and S, wherein the phosphorous and sulfur atoms are optionally oxidized, and the nitrogen heteroatom is optionally quaternized. Heteroalkyls can be substituted as defined above for alkyl groups.
The term "alkylthio" refers to an alkyl group, as defined above, having a sulfur radical attached thereto. In preferred embodiments, the "alkylthio" moiety is represented by one of -S- alkyl, -S-alkenyl, and -S-alkynyl. Representative alkylthio groups include methylthio, ethylthio, and the like. The term “alkylthio” also encompasses cycloalkyl groups, alkene and cycloalkene groups, and alkyne groups. “Arylthio” refers to aryl or heteroaryl groups. Alkylthio groups can be substituted as defined above for alkyl groups.
The terms "alkenyl" and "alkynyl", refer to unsaturated aliphatic groups analogous in length and possible substitution to the alkyls described above, but that contain at least one double or triple bond respectively.
The terms "alkoxyl" or "alkoxy," as used herein, refers to an alkyl group, as defined above, having an oxygen radical attached thereto. Representative alkoxyl groups include methoxy, ethoxy, propyloxy, tert-butoxy and the like. An "ether" is two hydrocarbons covalently linked by an oxygen. Accordingly, the substituent of an alkyl that renders that alkyl is an ether or resembles an alkoxyl, such as can be represented by one of -O-alkyl, -O-alkenyl, and -O-alkynyl. The terms“aroxy” and“aryloxy”, as used interchangeably herein, can be represented by -O-aryl or O-heteroaryl, wherein aryl and heteroaryl are as defined below. The alkoxy and aroxy groups can be substituted as described above for alkyl. The terms "amine" and "amino" (and its protonated form) are art-recognized and refer to both unsubstituted and substituted amines, e.g., a moiety that can be represented by the general formula:
wherein R, R’, and R” each independently represent a hydrogen, an alkyl, an alkenyl, - (CH2)m-Rc or R and R’ taken together with the N atom to which they are attached complete a heterocycle having from 4 to 8 atoms in the ring structure; Rc represents an aryl, a cycloalkyl, a cycloalkenyl, a heterocycle or a polycycle; and m is zero or an integer in the range of 1 to 8. In some embodiments, only one of R or R’ can be a carbonyl, e.g., R, R’ and the nitrogen together do not form an imide. In other embodiments, the term“amine” does not encompass amides, e.g., wherein one of R and R’ represents a carbonyl. In further embodiments, R and R’ (and optionally R”) each independently represent a hydrogen, an alkyl or cycloakly, an alkenyl or cycloalkenyl, or alkynyl. Thus, the term "alkylamine" as used herein means an amine group, as defined above, having a substituted (as described above for alkyl) or unsubstituted alkyl attached thereto, i.e., at least one of R and R’ is an alkyl group. The term "amido" is art-recognized as an amino-substituted carbonyl and includes a moiety that can be represented by the general formula:
wherein R and R’ are as defined above. As used herein,“aryl” refers to Cs-Cio-membered aromatic, heterocyclic, fused aromatic, fused heterocyclic, biaromatic, or bihetereocyclic ring systems. Broadly defined,“aryl”, as used herein, includes 5-, 6-, 7-, 8-, 9-, and 10-membered single-ring aromatic groups that may include from zero to four heteroatoms, for example, benzene, pyrrole, furan, thiophene, imidazole, oxazole, thiazole, triazole, pyrazole, pyridine, pyrazine, pyridazine, pyrimidine, and the like. Those aryl groups having heteroatoms in the ring structure may also be referred to as“aryl heterocycles” or“heteroaromatics.” The aromatic ring can be substituted at one or more ring positions with one or more substituents including, but not limited to, halogen, azide, alkyl, aralkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, hydroxyl, alkoxyl, amino (or quaternized amino), nitro, sulfhydryl, imino, amido, phosphonate, phosphinate, carbonyl, carboxyl, silyl, ether, alkylthio, sulfonyl, sulfonamido, ketone, aldehyde, ester, heterocyclyl, aromatic or heteroaromatic moieties, -CF3, -CN, and combinations thereof. The term“aryl” includes phenyl.
The term“aryl” also includes polycyclic ring systems having two or more cyclic rings in which two or more carbons are common to two adjoining rings (i.e. ,“fused rings”) wherein at least one of the rings is aromatic, e g., the other cyclic ring or rings can be cycloalkyls, cycloalkenyls, cycloalkynyls, aryls and/or heterocycles. Examples of heterocyclic rings include, but are not limited to, benzimidazolyl, benzofuranyl, benzothiofuranyl, benzothiophenyl, benzoxazolyl, benzoxazolinyl, benzthiazolyl, benztriazolyl, benztetrazolyl, benzisoxazolyl, benzisothiazolyl, benzimidazolinyl, carbazolyl, 4aH carbazolyl, carbolinyl, chromanyl, chromenyl, cinnolinyl, decahydroquinolinyl, 2/-/,6/7-1 ,5,2-dithiazinyl, dihydrofuro[2,3 bjtetrahydrofuran, furanyl, furazanyl, imidazolidinyl, imidazolinyl, imidazolyl, 1H- indazolyl, indolenyl, indolinyl, indolizinyl, indolyl, 3H-indolyl, isatinoyl, isobenzofuranyl, isochromanyl, isoindazolyl, isoindolinyl, isoindolyl, isoquinolinyl, isothiazolyl, isoxazolyl, methylenedioxyphenyl, morpholinyl, naphthyridinyl, octahydroisoquinolinyl, oxadiazolyl, 1 ,2,3-oxadiazolyl, 1 ,2,4-oxadiazolyl, 1 ,2,5-oxadiazolyl, 1 ,3,4- oxadiazolyl, oxazolidinyl, oxazolyl, oxindolyl, pyrimidinyl, phenanthridinyl, phenanthrolinyl, phenazinyl, phenothiazinyl, phenoxathinyl, phenoxazinyl, phthalazinyl, piperazinyl, piperidinyl, piperidonyl, 4-piperidonyl, piperonyl, pteridinyl, purinyl, pyranyl, pyrazinyl, pyrazolidinyl, pyrazolinyl, pyrazolyl, pyridazinyl, pyridooxazole, pyridoimidazole, pyridothiazole, pyridinyl, pyridyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrrolidinyl, pyrrolinyl, 2H-pyrrolyl, pyrrolyl, quinazolinyl, quinolinyl, 4H- quinolizinyl, quinoxalinyl, quinuclidinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydroisoquinolinyl, tetrahydroquinolinyl, tetrazolyl, 6H-1 ,2,5-thiadiazinyl, 1 ,2,3-thiadiazolyl, 1 ,2,4-thiadiazolyl, 1 ,2,5- thiadiazolyl, 1 ,3,4-thiadiazolyl, thianthrenyl, thiazolyl, thienyl, thienothiazolyl, thienooxazolyl, thienoimidazolyl, thiophenyl, and xanthenyl. One or more of the rings can be substituted as defined above for“aryl.”
The term "aralkyl," as used herein, refers to an alkyl group substituted with an aryl group (e.g., an aromatic or heteroaromatic group).
The term“aralkyloxy” can be represented by -O-aralkyl, wherein aralkyl is as defined above.
The term "carbocycle," as used herein, refers to an aromatic or non-aromatic ring(s) in which each atom of the ring(s) is carbon.
“Heterocycle” or“heterocyclic,” as used herein, refers to a monocyclic or bicyclic structure containing 3-10 ring atoms, and in some embodiments, containing from 5-6 ring atoms, wherein the ring atoms are carbon and one to four heteroatoms each selected from the following group of non-peroxide oxygen, sulfur, and N(Y) wherein Y is absent or is H, O, (C1-C10) alkyl, phenyl or benzyl, and optionally containing 1-3 double bonds and optionally substituted with one or more substituents. Examples of heterocyclic rings include, but are not limited to, benzimidazolyl, benzofuranyl, benzothiofuranyl, benzothiophenyl, benzoxazolyl, benzoxazolinyl, benzthiazolyl, benztriazolyl, benztetrazolyl, benzisoxazolyl, benzisothiazolyl, benzimidazolinyl, carbazolyl, 4aH carbazolyl, carbolinyl, chromanyl, chromenyl, cinnolinyl, decahydroquinolinyl, 2H.6H-1 ,5,2-dithiazinyl , dihydrofuro[2,3 b]tetrahydrofuran, furanyl, furazanyl, imidazolidinyl, imidazolinyl, imidazolyl, 1 H-indazolyl, indolenyl, indolinyl, indolizinyl, indolyl, 3H-indolyl, isatinoyl, isobenzofuranyl, isochromanyl, isoindazolyl, isoindolinyl, isoindolyl, isoquinolinyl, isothiazolyl, isoxazolyl, methylenedioxyphenyl, morpholinyl, naphthyridinyl, octahydroisoquinolinyl, oxadiazolyl, 1 ,2,3-oxadiazolyl, 1 ,2,4-oxadiazolyl, 1 ,2,5-oxadiazolyl, 1 ,3,4-oxadiazolyl, oxazolidinyl, oxazolyl, oxepanyl, oxetanyl, oxindolyl, pyrimidinyl, phenanthridinyl, phenanthrolinyl, phenazinyl, phenothiazinyl, phenoxathinyl, phenoxazinyl, phthalazinyl, piperazinyl, piperidinyl, piperidonyl, 4-piperidonyl, piperonyl, pteridinyl, purinyl, pyranyl, pyrazinyl, pyrazolidinyl, pyrazolinyl, pyrazolyl, pyridazinyl, pyridooxazole, pyridoimidazole, pyridothiazole, pyridinyl, pyridyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrrolidinyl, pyrrolinyl, 2H-pyrrolyl, pyrrolyl, quinazolinyl, quinolinyl, 4H- quinolizinyl, quinoxalinyl, quinuclidinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydroisoquinolinyl, tetrahydropyranyl, tetrahydroquinolinyl, tetrazolyl, 6H-1 ,2,5-thiadiazinyl, 1 ,2,3-thiadiazolyl, 1 ,2,4- thiadiazolyl, 1 ,2,5-thiadiazolyl, 1 ,3,4-thiadiazolyl, thianthrenyl, thiazolyl, thienyl, thienothiazolyl, thienooxazolyl, thienoimidazolyl, thiophenyl, and xanthenyl. Heterocyclic groups can optionally be substituted with one or more substituents at one or more positions as defined above for alkyl and aryl, for example, halogen, alkyl, aralkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, hydroxyl, amino, nitro, sulfhydryl, imino, amido, phosphate, phosphonate, phosphinate, carbonyl, carboxyl, silyl, ether, alkylthio, sulfonyl, ketone, aldehyde, ester, a heterocyclyl, an aromatic or heteroaromatic moiety, -CF3, -CN, or the like. The terms“heterocycle” or“heterocyclic” can be used to describe a compound that can include a heterocycle or heterocyclic ring.
The term "carbonyl" is art-recognized and includes such moieties as can be represented by the general formula: wherein X is a bond or represents an oxygen or a sulfur, and R and R’ are as defined above. Where X is an oxygen and R or R’ is not hydrogen, the formula represents an "ester". Where X is an oxygen and R is as defined above, the moiety is referred to herein as a carboxyl group, and particularly when R is a hydrogen, the formula represents a "carboxylic acid." Where X is an oxygen and R’ is hydrogen, the formula represents a "formate." In general, where the oxygen atom of the above formula is replaced by sulfur, the formula represents a "thiocarbonyl" group. Where X is a sulfur and R or R’ is not hydrogen, the formula represents a "thioester." Where X is a sulfur and R is hydrogen, the formula represents a "thiocarboxylic acid." Where X is a sulfur and R’ is hydrogen, the formula represents a "thioformate." On the other hand, where X is a bond, and R is not hydrogen, the above formula represents a "ketone" group. Where X is a bond, and R is hydrogen, the above formula represents an "aldehyde" group.
The term "heteroatom" as used herein means an atom of any element other than carbon or hydrogen. Exemplary heteroatoms include, but are not limited to, boron, nitrogen, oxygen, phosphorus, sulfur, silicon, arsenic, and selenium. Heteroatoms, such as nitrogen, can have hydrogen substituents and/or any permissible substituents of organic compounds described herein which satisfy the valences of the heteroatoms. It is understood that“substitution” or “substituted” includes the implicit proviso that such substitution is in accordance with permitted valence of the substituted atom and the substituent, and that the substitution results in a stable compound, i.e. , a compound that does not spontaneously undergo transformation such as by rearrangement, cyclization, elimination, etc.
The term "hydroxy" refers to a— OH radical. As used herein, the term "nitro" refers to -NO2; the term "halogen" designates -F, -Cl, -Br, or -I ; the term "sulfhydryl" refers to -SH; the term "hydroxyl" refers to -OH; and the term "sulfonyl" refers to -SO2-
As used herein,“carbamate” can be used to refer to a compound derived from carbamic acid (NH2COOH) and can include carbamate esters.“Carbamates” can have the general structure of:
where Ri, R2, and R3 can be any permissible substituent.
As used herein,“carbonate” can be used to refer to a compound derived from carbonic acid (H2CO3) and can include carbonate esters.“Carbonates” can have the general structure of:
As used herein,“effective amount” can refer to the amount of a composition described herein or pharmaceutical formulation described herein that will elicit a desired biological or medical response of a tissue, system, animal, plant, protozoan, bacteria, yeast or human that is being sought by the researcher, veterinarian, medical doctor or other clinician. The desired biological response can be modulation of bone formation and/or remodeling, including but not limited to modulation of bone resorption and/or uptake of the BP conjugates, such as the BP quinolone conjugates, described herein. The effective amount will vary depending on the exact chemical structure of the composition or pharmaceutical formulation, the causative agent and/or severity of the infection, disease, disorder, syndrome, or symptom thereof being treated or prevented, the route of administration, the time of administration, the rate of excretion, the drug combination, the judgment of the treating physician, the dosage form, and the age, weight, general health, sex and/or diet of the subject to be treated.“Effective amount” can refer to the amount of a compositions described herein that is effective to inhibit the growth of or reproduction of a microorganism, including but not limited to a bacterium or population thereof. “Effective amount” can refer to the amount of a compositions described herein that is kill a microorganism, including but not limited to a bacterium or population thereof.“Effective amount” can refer to the amount of a compositions described herein that is effective to treat and/or prevent osteomyelitis in a subject in need thereof.
The terms "quinolone,” “quinolone antimicrobial molecule," and “oxazolidinone antimicrobial agent,” or“substituents” or“derivatives thereof and related terms, have the same meaning and refer to antimicrobial agents which are part of the well-known class of "quinolones," as described in more detail herein.
As used herein,“therapeutic” generally can refer to treating, healing, and/or ameliorating a disease, disorder, condition, or side effect, or to decreasing in the rate of advancement of a disease, disorder, condition, or side effect. The term also includes within its scope enhancing normal physiological function, palliative treatment, and partial remediation of a disease, disorder, condition, side effect, or symptom thereof.
The term "antibacterial" includes those compounds that inhibit, halt or reverse growth of bacteria, those compounds that inhibit, halt, or reverse the activity of bacterial enzymes or biochemical pathways, those compounds that kill or injure bacteria, and those compounds that block or slow the development of a bacterial infection.
As used herein, the terms "treating” and "treatment" can refer generally to obtaining a desired pharmacological and/or physiological effect. The effect may be prophylactic in terms of preventing or partially preventing a disease, symptom or condition thereof. And as used herein are intended to mean, at least, the mitigation of a disease condition associated with a bacterial infection in a subject, including mammals, such as a human, that is alleviated by a reduction of growth, replication, and/or propagation of any bacterium such as Gram-positive organisms, and includes curing, healing, inhibiting, relieving from, improving and/or alleviating, in whole or in part, the disease condition.
The term "prophylaxis" is intended to mean at least a reduction in the likelihood that a disease condition associated with a bacterial infection will develop in a mammal, preferably a human. The terms "prevent" and "prevention" are intended to mean blocking or stopping a disease condition associated with a bacterial infection from developing in a mammal, preferably a human. In particular, the terms are related to the treatment of a mammal to reduce the likelihood ("prophylaxis") or prevent the occurrence of a bacterial infection, such as bacterial infection that may occur during or following a surgery involving bone reparation or replacement. The terms also include reducing the likelihood ("prophylaxis") of or preventing a bacterial infection when the mammal is found to be predisposed to having a disease condition but not yet diagnosed as having it. For example, one can reduce the likelihood or prevent a bacterial infection in a mammal by administering a compound of Formula (1) and/or Formula (2), or a pharmaceutically acceptable prodrug, salt, active metabolite, or solvate thereof, before occurrence of such infection.
As used herein,“synergistic effect,”“synergism,” or“synergy” refers to an effect arising between two or more molecules, compounds, substances, factors, or compositions that is greater than or different from the sum of their individual effects.
As used herein, “additive effect” refers to an effect arising between two or more molecules, compounds, substances, factors, or compositions that is equal to or the same as the sum of their individual effects.
The term “biocompatible”, as used herein, refers to a material that along with any metabolites or degradation products thereof that are generally non-toxic to the recipient and do not cause any significant adverse effects to the recipient. Generally speaking, biocompatible materials are materials which do not elicit a significant inflammatory or immune response when administered to a patient.
As used herein, the term“osteomyelitis” can refer to acute or chronic osteomyelitis, and/or diabetic foot osteomyelitis, diabetic chronic osteomyelitis, prosthetic joint infections, periodontitis, peri-implantitis, osteonecrosis, and/or hematogenous osteomyelitis and/or other bone infections.
Discussion
Infectious bone disease, or osteomyelitis, is a major problem worldwide in human and veterinary medicine and can be devastating due to the potential for limb-threatening sequelae and mortality. The treatment approach to osteomyelitis is mainly antimicrobial, and often long-term, with surgical intervention in many cases to control infection. The causative pathogens in most cases of long bone osteomyelitis are infections of Staphylococcus aureus, and corresponding biofilms, which are bound to bone in contrast to their planktonic (free-floating) counterparts. Other bone infections and corresponding biofilms are known to arise from a broad spectrum of both gram positive and gram-negative bacteria.
The biofilm-mediated nature of osteomyelitis is important in clinical and experimental settings because many biofilm pathogens are uncultivable and exhibit an altered phenotype with respect to growth rate and antimicrobial resistance (as compared to their planktonic counterparts). The difficulty in eradicating biofilms with conventional antibiotics partly explains why the higher success rates of antimicrobial therapy in general have not yet been realized for orthopedic infections, along with the development of resistant biofilm pathogens, the poor penetration of antimicrobial agents in bone, and adverse events related to systemic toxicity.
To overcome the many challenges associated with osteomyelitis treatment, there is increasing interest in drug delivery approaches using bone-targeting conjugates to achieve higher or more sustained local therapeutic concentrations of antibiotic in bone while minimizing systemic exposure.
Methylenebisphosphonates or substituted methylidine bisphosphonate moieties, commonly referred to as“bisphosphonates” (BPs) are therapeutic agents for the treatment of many bone disorders. The bisphosphonate P-C-P group mimics the P-O-P bond of the naturally- occurring mediator of bone metabolism, inorganic pyrophosphate. The structural relationship of pyrophosphate and methylene bisphosphonates in acid form is shown below. Individual BPs can be defined by the covalently attached substituents Ri, and R2.
Pyrophosphate Bisphosphonate
The bridging carbon of the bisphosphonate can be substituted with modifying groups (Ri, R2) to confer specific biological properties on the derivative. BPs exhibit strong binding affinity to HA, the major inorganic material found in bone, particularly at sites of high bone turnover, and they are exceptionally stable to both chemical and biological degradation. It is often underappreciated that BPs also traverse through soft and hard tissues of the body (e.g. endothelium, periosteum, HA) to target bone and the canalicular network and vascular canals within bones. These highly specific bone-targeting properties of BPs make them ideal carriers to deliver drugs or macromolecules to bone surfaces. Quinolone, and in particular fluoroquinolone, antibiotics conjugated to bisphosphonates (BPs), for example osteoadsorptive BPs, represents a promising approach because of the long clinical track-record of safety of each constituent, and their advantageous biochemical properties. In early investigations of the fluoroquinolone family in this context, ciprofloxacin demonstrated the best binding and microbiological properties when bound to a BP. Ciprofloxacin has several advantages for repurposing in this context: it can be administered orally or intravenously with relative bioequivalence, it has broad spectrum antimicrobial activity that includes the most commonly encountered osteomyelitis pathogens, it demonstrates bactericidal activity in clinically achievable doses, and it is the least expensive drug in the fluoroquinolone family.
The specific bone-targeting properties of the BP family makes them ideal carriers for introducing antibiotics to bone in osteomyelitis pharmacotherapy. BPs form strong bidentate and tridentate bonds with calcium and as a result concentrate in hydroxyapatite (HA), particularly at sites of active metabolism or infection and inflammation. BPs also exhibit exceptional stability against both chemical and biological degradation. The concept of targeting ciprofloxacin to bone via conjugation with a BP has been discussed in a number of reports over the years.
Despite these positive attributes of BPs and quinolones, such as ciprofloxacin, current attempts at generating prodrugs containing BPs and quinolones have been unsuccessful. Most attempts resulted in either systemically unstable prodrugs or non-cleavable conjugates that were found to mostly inactivate either component of the conjugate by interfering with the pharmacophoric requirements. For example, Delorme et al. (WO 2007/138381) describe use of acyloxy chemical neighbors to activate an alkyl carbamate linker for cleavage of an oxazolidinone from a bisphosphonate, but this appears to be too actively cleaved in the bloodstream. Similar findings have been described by Houghton et al 2008 J. Medicinal Chemistry, 51 :6955-6969. And it has been shown by Morioka et. al (“Design, synthesis, and biological evaluation of novel estradiol-bisphosphonate conjugates as bone-specific estrogens,” Bioorganic & Medicinal Chemistry 18 (2010) 1143-1 148) and by Arns et. al (“Design and synthesis of novel bone targeting dual-action pro-drugs for the treatment and reversal of osteoporosis,” Bioorganic & Medicinal Chemistry 20 (2012) 2131-2140) that alkyl carbamates are too stable to be useful as a“target and release” linkage for bone targeted, active conjugates.
With the deficiencies of current BP quinolone conjugates in mind, described herein are BP quinolone conjugates that can contain a BP that can be releasably conjugated to a quinolone, such as ciprofloxacin, moxifloxacin, sitafloxacin or nemonoxacin. In embodiments, the BP quinolone conjugate can selectively deliver a quinolone to bone, bone grafts, and or bone graft substitutes (i.e. can target bone, bone grafts, or bone graft substitutes) in a subject. In some embodiments, the BP quinolone conjugate can release the quinolone. Also provided herein are methods of synthesizing BP quinolone conjugates and methods of treating or preventing osteomyelitis or other bone infections with one or more of the BP quinolone conjugates provided herein.
The compositions provided herein can employ a“target and release linker” strategy, where a releasable and bone-specific targeting bisphosphonate-antibiotic (BP-Ab) conjugate can be made by attaching the antibiotic or antimicrobial agent, e.g. , a quinolone, to a BP. In any one or more aspects, the BP can be a pharmacologically inactive BP or pharmacologically low active BP using a cleavable or reversible linker, such as carbamate, thiocarbamate, hydrazone, hydrazone, et al., or carbonate, so that the antimicrobial agent can be released upon binding to bone surfaces by the decreased pH and/or enzymatic environment which is typically found at active sites of bone resorption or infection.
In any one or more aspects, the quinolone can be attached to a hydroxy BP, directly or indirectly, to the geminal hydroxyl group on the carbon between the two phosphonate groups of the BP. This is in contrast to use of an aryl carbamate to otherwise attach or link a quinolone to the BP at a site other than an alpha hydroxyl, alpha thiol, or alpha amino site. To activate the attachment or linker enough for cleavage (the“target and release” concept) the present disclosure utilizes carbamates (and relatives) that are uniquely activated by the alpha carbon or substituent of bisphosphonates for adequate release. In any one or more aspects herein, all analogs of known clinically used BPs are preferred. Etidronate and MH DP or methylene hydroxy BP may be most preferred.
The present chemistry and conjugate design also allows the cleavage to release two known (clinically used) drugs, the quinolone and the BP (in particular clinically used BPs). Carbon dioxide is the only other released component from the linker. Thus, no new safety questions exist for the released components. Previously unknown was whether a linkage to the geminal hydroxy group of a bisphosphonate would cleave appropriately for this use to accomplish this (“target and release” based efficacy) goal in vivo. Previously, unknown BPs, that have not been used clinically, were used to create aryl carbamate linkages at sites other than the alpha carbon of the BP. These BPs, that had not previously been studied in a human subject, allowed creation of an aryl carbamate-based conjugate to allow a release rate/cleavage rate that was useful for bioactivity. Here it has been found in vitro that release still occurs at a useful rate because a carbamate, via linkage to the geminal hydroxy group is sufficiently activated by the adjacent phosphonate groups to cleave adequately. Since this has now been found to occur, the present compounds, conjugates and formulations offer the opportunity to use many clinically known bisphosphonates within the conjugate because most have a geminal hydroxy group.
An exemplary BP-quinolone release mechanism is depicted in FIG. 2 using ciprofloxacin as an exemplary quinolone. However, a non-fluoroquinolone can also be conjugated to the BP as described herein. This BP-Ab conjugate can have the ability to deliver and release the antimicrobial agent specifically to the infectious osteolytic site where higher bone metabolism is occurring. Use of an inactive or low active BP can also offer a unique treatment option by providing a higher concentration of antimicrobial agent at the disease site and relatively lower systemic levels than with higher active BPs. Other BP-quinolone compounds and conjugates, as described herein, can have the same or similar activity.
Also provided herein are formulations that can include an amount of a compound, conjugate or composition described herein and an additional compound (such as, but not limited to, a carrier, diluent, or other active agent or ingredient). The formulation can be a pharmaceutical formulation that can contain a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. The compositions and/or formulations can be administered to a subject. The subject can have a bone infection. The compositions and formulations provided herein can be used to treat and/or prevent bone infection. The compositions and formulations provide herein can provide, in some embodiments, bone specific delivery of an antimicrobial agent.
The general concept of targeting active drug species to the bone compartment with BP has been discussed in a number of reports. However, no drugs have yet been developed, as early attempts led to either systemically unstable prodrugs or non-cleavable conjugates that were found mostly to inactivate either component of the conjugate by interfering with the pharmacophoric requirements. This suggests that target and release strategies are likely chemical class- dependent (taking into consideration compatibilities of the functional groups of each component) as well as biochemical target-dependent, and the design for any particular chemical class must be customized for its use. Therefore, provided herein are embodiments of a novel approach to develop a bone targeted antibiotic or antimicrobial agent with a linkage that can be metabolically stable in the bloodstream and metabolically labile on bone to facilitate appropriate release.
In particular, in any one or more aspects herein, the linkages utilized herein are designed to allow maximum local antibacterial efficacy at the site of an infection where higher bone turnover exists, while also limiting exposure of lower turnover skeletal sites, non-skeletal sites, and distant compartments throughout the body from any adverse effect due to antibiotic or bisphosphonate components or conjugate. Thus, for example, the alpha hydoxy carbamate linkers and other related alpha carbon oriented linkers herein are specifically selected to have maximum stability in the bloodstream, while still having sensitivity to chemically cleave and release quinolone antibiotics at skeletal sites of bacterial infection, due to their sensitivity to the enzymatic processes and pH characteristics of that environment. Furthermore, select, but not all, embodiments in this disclosure, include the use of bisphosphonates that do not have significant pharmacological activity for the targeting component of these drug conjugates. These“nonantiresorptive” or weak antiresorptive bisphosphonates have the characteristics of only targeting the antibiotic to the bone compartments described and do not have properties to otherwise affect bone metabolism directly. Examples include aryl carbamates and aryl thiocarbamates derived from substituted and unsubstituted 2-[4-aminophenyl]ethane 1 ,1 bisphosphonate and 2-[4-hydroxyphenyl]ethane 1 ,1 bisphosphonate. Also, included are carbamates derived from substituted and unsubstituted 2-[3- aminophenyljethane 1 ,1 bisphosphonate and 2-[3-hydroxyphenyl]ethane 1 ,1 bisphosphonate substituted and unsubstituted 2-[2-aminophenyl]ethane 1 ,1 bisphosphonate and 2-[2- hydroxyphenyljethane 1 ,1 bisphosphonate. Furthermore, aryl dithiocarbamates, derived from substituted and unsubstituted 2-[4-thiophenyl]ethane 1 ,1 bisphosphonate, 2-[3-thiophenyl]ethane 1 ,1 bisphosphonate, and 2-[2-thiophenyl]ethane 1 , 1 bisphosphonate.
In any one or more aspects, the BP of the conjugate can be a pharmacologically inert or inactive BP. Examples of pharmacologically inert or inactive BPs that can be conjugated with a quinolone as described herein are shown in FIG. 24.
As an example, the inert or inactive BP series for the conjugation can be 4- hydroxyphenylethylidene BP (FIG. 24A) or 4-aminophenylethylidene BP (FIG. 24E) having a medium mineral affinity. Further analogs such as hydroxy BP (FIGS. 24B and 24F) (higher mineral affinity) and methyl BP (FIGS. 24C and 24G) (lower mineral affinity) can be used to adjust the concentration of the BP-Ab conjugates at bone. Phenyl alkyl BPs with different chain lengths such as in FIGS. 24D and 24H (propyl or butyl vs. ethyl phenyl) can also be utilized to optimize the conjugation chemistry yields and conjugate stability.
In any one or more aspects, the BP of the conjugate can be a pharmacologically low active BP. Examples of pharmacologically low active BPs that can be conjugated with a quinolone as described herein are shown in FIG. 25. By“low active BP” we mean either the bisphosphonate or the dosage level of the bisphosphonate is not so high as to effect bone metabolism. However, in some aspects, a higher active BP may be desired where it is desired to both effect bone metabolism and to deliver a quinolone antibiotic to inhibit and/or kill/effect bacteria on bone.
Other compositions, compounds, methods, features, and advantages of the present disclosure will be or become apparent to one having ordinary skill in the art upon examination of the following drawings, detailed description, and examples. It is intended that all such additional compositions, compounds, methods, features, and advantages be included within this description, and be within the scope of the present disclosure.
Bisphosphonate (BP) Quinolone Conjugates and Formulations Thereof
BP Quinolone Conjugates
Provided herein are BP quinolone compounds, conjugates and formulations thereof. A BP can be conjugated to a quinolone via a linker. In embodiments, the linker is a releasable linker. The quinolone can be releasably attached via a linker to the BP. Thus, in some embodiments, the BP quinolone conjugate can selectively deliver and release the quinolone at or near bone, bone grafts, or bone graft substitutes (Fig. 2). In other words, for example, a BP fluoroquinolone conjugate can provide targeted delivery of a fluoroquinolone to bone and/or the areas proximate to bone.
The BP of the BP quinolone conjugates provided herein can be conjugated to any BP including but not limited to, hydroxyl phenyl alkyl or aryl bisphosphonates, hydroxyl phenyl (or aryl) alkyl hydroxyl bisphosphonates, amino phenyl(or aryl) alkyl bisphosphonates, amino phenyl(or aryl) alkyl hydroxyl bisphosphonates, hydroxyl alkyl bisphosphonates, hydroxyl alkyl hydroxyl bisphosphonates hydroxyl alkyl phenyl(or aryl) alkyl bisphosphonates, hydroxyl phenyl(or aryl) alkyl hydroxyl bisphosphonates, amino phenyl(or aryl) alkyl bisphosphonates, amino phenyl(or aryl) alkyl hydroxyl bisphosphonates, hydroxyl alkyl bisphosphonates, hydroxyl alkyl hydroxyl bisphosphonates, all of the former being further unsubstituted or substituted. In particular, the BP can be etidronate, pamidronate, neridronate, olpadronate, alendronate, ibandronate, minodronate, risedronate, zoledronate, hydroxymethylenebisphosphonate, and combinations thereof. The bisphosphonate may also be substituted for phosphono phosphinic acid or phosphono carboxylic acid. In embodiments, the BP can be pamidronate, alendronate, risedronate, zoledronate, minodronate, neridronate, etidronate, which can be unmodified or modified as described herein. In preferred embodiments, the BP is etidronate, MHBP, or pamidronate, unmodified or modified.
The BP can contain, or be modified to contain, linkages to an alpha subsitutent and the alpha subsitutent can be a hydroxy, amino or thiol group. A antibiotic quinolone compound or analog can be conjugated directly or indirectly to the BP at a geminal carbon substituent of the BP. The quinolone and/or a linker can also be coupled to a BP having an anti-resorptive effect that is significantly reduced or eliminated.
In BPs containing an aryl or phenyl, the aryl or phenyl can be substituted with a suitable substitutent at any position on the ring. In some embodiments, the aryl or phenyl ring of the BP is substituted with one or more electron donating species (e.g. F, N, and Cl).
Non-pharmacologically active BP variants may also be used for the purpose of quinolone delivery absent BP action.
The quinolone can be any quinolone, a fluoroquinolone or a non-fluoroquinolone including but not limited to alatrofloxacin, amifloxacin, balofloxacin, besifloxacin, cadazolid, ciprofloxacin, clinafloxacin, danofloxacin, delafloxacin, difloxacin, enoxacin, enrofloxacin, finafloxacin, flerofloxacin, flumequine, gatifloxacin, gemifloxacin, grepafloxacin, ibafloxacin, JNJ-Q2, levofloxacin, lomefloxacin, marbofloxacin, moxifloxacin, nadifloxacin, norfloxacin, ofloxacin, orbifloxacin, pazufloxacin, pefloxacin, pradofloxacin, prulifloxacin, rufloxacin, sarafloxacin, sitafloxacin, sparfloxacin, temafloxacin, tosufloxacin, trvafloxacin, zabofloxacin, nemonoxacin and any combination thereof. In particular, the quinolone can be a fluoroquinolone, preferably ciprofloxacin or moxifloxacin.
In any one or more aspects or embodiments herein, the BP quinolone compound can be comprised of a quinolone analog or substituent according to the following structure or Formula
(A),
Formula (A) wherein R1 can be either
OH L = linker or H0 L = linker 0r HO L = linker
and wherein R2 can and wherein R3 can be either H or OCH3, and where R4 can be H, and wherein R5 can be H or F.
As shown, the quinolone of Formula (A) can be linked to a bisphosphonate (BP). In any one or more aspects or embodiments herein, the BP can have an alpha substituent and the alpha substituent is a hydroxy, amino or thiol group. The quinolone can be directly or indirectly conjugated to the BP at the germinal carbon alpha substituent (X) of the BP, as illustrated in the formula below. quinolone H
— OH
o conjugates between alpha-X containing BP and quinolone
X= o, NH, NR1, S
R1 can be alkyl or substituted alkyl, aryl or subsituted aryl groups wherein R can be H, substituted and unsubstituted alkyl, alkyl amino, alkyl-aryl, aryl, alkylheteroaryl, or heteroaryl. Preferred BPs are those that have a geminal hydroxy group on the carbon between the two phosphonate groups. A generic analog of such a BP is illustrated in Fig. 25._ln any one or more aspects, the bisphosphonate can be ethylidenebisphosphonate moiety (etidronate) that can be substituted by hydroxy (an alpha-hydroxy), amino or thiol. In some aspects, the bisphosphonate can include a para-hydroxyphenylethylidene group or derivative thereof. In embodiments, the BP can be a clinically known BP, such as pamidronate, alendronate, risedronate, zoledronate, minodronate, neridronate, and etidronate, which can be unmodified or modified as described herein.
In any one or more embodiments, the BP can be etidronate. Etidronate can be linked to a quinolone to form a quinolone antibiotic etidronate-ciprofloxacin (ECC) conjugate, such as in Formula (41) or to form an etidronate moxifloxacin (ECX) conjugate such as in Formula (43) herein.
The linker, L, can be a compound that is cleavable, meaning that it reversibly couples the quinolone analog or compound, in particular a quinolone antimicrobial or antibiotic analog or substituent thereof, to the BP. As used herein, the term“cleavable” can mean a group that is chemically or biochemically unstable under physiological conditions. In any one or more aspects, the linker can be a carbamate, having a structure or Formula (B) below
Formula (B) for coupling a quinolone, R2, to a BP, R1, as described herein, and R3 can be substituted and unsubstituted alkyl, acetyl, benzoyl or other amides, phenyl and substituted phenyl, preferably H.
In any one or more aspects, the linker can be a carbonate, having a structure or Formula (C) below
Formula (C) for coupling a quinolone, R2, to a BP, R1, as described herein.
In any one or more aspects, the linker can be an alkyl or an aryl carbamate linker. The linker can be an O-thioaryl or thioalklyl carbamate linker. The linker can be an S-thioaryl or thioalkyl carbamate linker. The linker can be a phenyl carbamate linker. The linker can be a thiocarbamate linker. The linker can be an O-thiocarbamate linker. The linker can be an S- thiocarbamate linker. The linker can be an ester linker. The linker can be a dithiocarbamate. The linker can be a urea linker. The linker can be part of the R1 group of Formula (A) along with the BP and couple the BP to the quinolone, as described herein. In any one or more aspects, the linker can be exemplified by any one of Formula (D) - Formula (H) below, wherein: R2 can be a quinolone or a quinolone substituent or derivative and R1 can be a BP, both as described herein; and R3 can be substituted and unsubstituted alkyl, acetyl, benzoyl or other amides, phenyl and substituted phenyl, preferably H.
Formula (G) Formula (H)
In some aspects, the BP is etidronate. In some aspects, the quinolone is ciprofloxacin or moxifloxacin. In some aspects, the BP is etidronate, the quinolone is ciprofloxacin and the linker is an aryl or alkyl carbamate or a linker of Formula (F) providing the compound of Formula (41). In some aspects, the BP is etidronate, the quinolone is moxifloxacin and the linker is an aryl or alkyl carbamate or a linker of Formula (F) providing the compound of Formula (43). In some aspects, the BP is etidronate, the quinolone is sitafloxacin or nemonoxacin and the linker is an alkyl or aryl carbamate or a linker of Formula (F) providing the compound of Formula (44) or Formula (45) herein.
In other aspects, the BP can be another BP described herein, such as pamidronate, neridronate, olpadronate, alendronate, ibandronate, minodronate, risedronate, zoledronate, hydroxymethylenebisphosphonate (HMBP), and combinations thereof.
In any one or more aspects, the bisphosphonate can have an alpha substituent that is substituted by hydroxy (an alpha-hydroxy), amino, or thiol. In any one or more aspects, the bisphosphonate can be an ethylidenebisphosphonate moiety (etidronate) that can be substituted by hydroxy (an alpha-hydroxy), amino or thiol. In some aspects, the bisphosphonate can include a para-hydroxyphenylethylidene group or derivative thereof. In embodiments, the BP can be a clinically known BP, such as pamidronate, alendronate, risedronate, zoledronate, minodronate, neridronate, and etidronate, which can be unmodified or modified as described herein.
Also provided herein are pharmaceutical formulations that can contain a bisphosphonate (BP) and a quinolone compound of Formula (A), wherein the quinolone compound is releasably coupled to the bisphosphonate via a linker, L; and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. The bisphosphonate (BP) and the linker, L, can be as described herein in any one or more aspects.
In any one or more embodiments and aspects herein, the quinolone can have a generic structure according to Formula (A), where R1 can be substituents including alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, phenyl, substituted phenyl, aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, halo, hydroxyl, alkoxy, substituted alkoxy, phenoxy, substituted phenoxy, aroxy, substituted aroxy, alkylthio, substituted alkylthio, phenylthio, substituted phenylthio, arylthio, substituted arylthio, cyano, isocyano, substituted isocyano, carbonyl, substituted carbonyl, carboxyl, substituted carboxyl, amino, substituted amino, amido, substituted amido, sulfonyl, substituted sulfonyl, sulfonic acid, phosphoryl, substituted phosphoryl, phosphonyl, substituted phosphonyl, polyaryl, substituted polyaryl, C3-C20 cyclic, substituted C3-C20 cyclic, heterocyclic, substituted heterocyclic, amino acid, peptide, and polypeptide groups, where R2 can be substituents including alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, phenyl, substituted phenyl, aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, halo, hydroxyl, alkoxy, substituted alkoxy, phenoxy, substituted phenoxy, aroxy, substituted aroxy, alkylthio, substituted alkylthio, phenylthio, substituted phenylthio, arylthio, substituted arylthio, cyano, isocyano, substituted isocyano, carbonyl, substituted carbonyl, carboxyl, substituted carboxyl, amino, substituted amino, amido, substituted amido, sulfonyl, substituted sulfonyl, sulfonic acid, phosphoryl, substituted phosphoryl, phosphonyl, substituted phosphonyl, polyaryl, substituted polyaryl, C3-C20 cyclic, substituted C3- C20 cyclic, heterocyclic, substituted heterocyclic, amino acid, peptide, and polypeptide groups, where R3 can be substituents including alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, phenyl, substituted phenyl, aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, halo, hydroxyl, alkoxy, substituted alkoxy, phenoxy, substituted phenoxy, aroxy, substituted aroxy, alkylthio, substituted alkylthio, phenylthio, substituted phenylthio, arylthio, substituted arylthio, cyano, isocyano, substituted isocyano, carbonyl, substituted carbonyl, carboxyl, substituted carboxyl, amino, substituted amino, amido, substituted amido, sulfonyl, substituted sulfonyl, sulfonic acid, phosphoryl, substituted phosphoryl, phosphonyl, substituted phosphonyl, polyaryl, substituted polyaryl, C3-C20 cyclic, substituted C3-C20 cyclic, heterocyclic, substituted heterocyclic, amino acid, peptide, and polypeptide groups, and where R4 can be substituents including alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, phenyl, substituted phenyl, aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, halo, hydroxyl, alkoxy, substituted alkoxy, phenoxy, substituted phenoxy, aroxy, substituted aroxy, alkylthio, substituted alkylthio, phenylthio, substituted phenylthio, arylthio, substituted arylthio, cyano, isocyano, substituted isocyano, carbonyl, substituted carbonyl, carboxyl, substituted carboxyl, amino, substituted amino, amido, substituted amido, sulfonyl, substituted sulfonyl, sulfonic acid, phosphoryl, substituted phosphoryl, phosphonyl, substituted phosphonyl, polyaryl, substituted polyaryl, C3-C20 cyclic, substituted C3-C20 cyclic, heterocyclic, substituted heterocyclic, amino acid, peptide, and polypeptide groups, and wherein R5 can be H or F.
Formula (A)
The BP can be conjugated to the quinolone, either a fluoroquinolone or a nonfluoroquinolone, preferably a fluoroquinolone, via a releasable linker. In any one or more aspects, the linker can be an alkyl or an aryl carbamate linker. The linker can be an O-thioaryl or thioalkyl carbamate linker. The linker can be an S-thioaryl or thio alkyl carbamate linker. The linker can be a phenyl carbamate linker. The linker can be a thiocarbamate linker. The linker can be an O- thiocarbamate linker. The linker can be an S-thiocarbamate linker. The linker can be an ester linker. The linker can be a dithiocarbamate. The linker can be a urea linker. The linker can be part of the R1 group of Formula (A) along with the BP and couple the BP to the quinolone, as described herein. In any one or more aspects, the linker can be exemplified by any one of Formula (D) - Formula (H) below, wherein: R2 can be a quinolone or a quinolone substituent or derivative and R1 can be a BP, both as described herein; and R3 can be substituted and unsubstituted alkyl, acetyl, benzoyl or other amides, phenyl and substituted phenyl, preferably H.
Formula (G) Formula (H) In some aspects, the BP is etidronate. In some aspects, the quinolone is ciprofloxacin or moxifloxacin. In some aspects, the BP is etidronate, the quinolone is ciprofloxacin and the linker is an alkyl or an aryl carbamate or a linker of Formula (F) providing the compound of Formula (41) herein. In some aspects, the BP is etidronate, the quinolone is moxifloxacin and the linker is an alkyl or an aryl carbamate or a linker of Formula (F) providing the compound of Formula (43) herein. In some aspects, the BP is etidronate, the quinolone is sitafloxacin or nemonoxacin and the linker is an alkyl or an aryl carbamate or a linker of Formula (F) providing the compound of Formula (44) or Formula (45) herein.
In any one or more aspects or embodiments herein, the BP has an alpha substituent and the alpha substituent is a hydroxy, amino or thiol group and the quinolone is directly or indirectly conjugated to the BP at the germinal carbon alpha substituent (X) of the BP, as illustrated in the formula below.
quinolone conjugates between alpha-X containing BP and quinolone
X= O, NH, NR1, S
R1 can be alkyl or substituted alkyl, aryl or subsituted aryl groups wherein R can be H, substituted and unsubstituted alkyl, alkyl amino, alkyl-aryl, aryl, alkylheteroaryl, or heteroaryl.
In any one or more aspects, the BP is an alpha-OH containing BP that can be conjugated to the quinolone, such as a fluoroquinolone, at a geminal OH group on the BP as shown below. In various aspects the quinolone, such as a fluoroquinolone, can be directly conjugated (e.g., without use of a linker other than C=0) to a geminal OH group of the BP. In various aspects, the quinolone can be indirectly conjugated via a linker at the geminal OH group of the BP.
In some aspects, the compound can have a formula according to Formula (41), Formula (43), Formula (44) or Formula (45) herein.
BP Quinolone Conjugate Pharmaceutical Formulations
Also described herein are formulations, including pharmaceutical formulations, which can contain an amount of a BP quinolone compound or conjugate described elsewhere herein in any one or more aspects or embodiments. The amount can be an effective amount. The amount can be effective to inhibit the growth and/or reproduction of a bacterium. The amount can be effective to kill a bacterium. Formulations, including pharmaceutical formulations can be formulated for delivery via a variety of routes and can contain a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. Techniques and formulations generally can be found in Remmington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, Meade Publishing Co., Easton, Pa. (20th Ed., 2000), the entire disclosure of which is herein incorporated by reference. For systemic administration, an injection is useful, including intramuscular, intravenous, intraperitoneal, and subcutaneous. For injection, the therapeutic compositions of the invention can be formulated in liquid solutions, for example in physiologically compatible buffers such as Hank's solution or Ringer's solution. In addition, the BP quinolone conjugates and/or components thereof can be formulated in solid form and redissolved or suspended immediately prior to use. Lyophilized forms are also included. Formulations, including pharmaceutical formulations, of the BP quinolone conjugates can be characterized as being at least sterile and pyrogen-free. These formulations include formulations for human and veterinary use.
Suitable pharmaceutically acceptable carriers include, but are not limited to water, salt solutions, alcohols, gum arabic, vegetable oils, benzyl alcohols, polyethylene glycols, gelatin, carbohydrates such as lactose, amylose or starch, magnesium stearate, talc, silicic acid, viscous paraffin, perfume oil, fatty acid esters, hydroxyl methylcellulose, and polyvinyl pyrrolidone, which do not deleteriously react with the BP quinolone conjugate.
The pharmaceutical formulations can be sterilized, and if desired, mixed with auxiliary agents, such as lubricants, preservatives, stabilizers, wetting agents, emulsifiers, salts for influencing osmotic pressure, buffers, coloring, flavoring and/or aromatic substances, and the like which do not deleteriously react with the BP quinolone conjugate.
Another formulation includes the addition of the BP quinolone conjugates to bone graft material or bone void fillers for the prevention or treatment of osteomyelitis, peri-implantitis or peri- prosthetic infections, and for socket preservation after dental extractions.
A pharmaceutical formulation can be formulated to be compatible with its intended route of administration. Examples of routes of administration include parenteral, e.g. , intravenous, intradermal, subcutaneous, oral (e.g. , inhalation), transdermal (topical), transmucosal, and rectal administration. Solutions or suspensions used for parenteral, intradermal, or subcutaneous application can include the following components: a sterile diluent such as water for injection, saline solution, fixed oils, polyethylene glycols, glycerin, propylene glycol or other synthetic solvents; antibacterial agents such as benzyl alcohol or methyl parabens; antioxidants such as ascorbic acid or sodium bisulfite; chelating agents such as ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid; buffers such as acetates, citrates or phosphates and agents for the adjustment of tonicity such as sodium chloride or dextrose. pH can be adjusted with acids or bases, such as hydrochloric acid or sodium hydroxide. The parenteral preparation can be enclosed in ampoules, disposable syringes or multiple dose vials made of glass or plastic.
Formulations, including pharmaceutical formulations, suitable for injectable use can include sterile aqueous solutions (where water soluble) or dispersions and sterile powders for the extemporaneous preparation of sterile injectable solutions or dispersions. For intravenous administration, suitable carriers can include physiological saline, bacteriostatic water, Cremophor EM™ (BASF, Parsippany, N.J.) or phosphate buffered saline (PBS). Injectable pharmaceutical formulations can be sterile and can be fluid to the extent that easy syringability exists. Injectable pharmaceutical formulations can be stable under the conditions of manufacture and storage and must be preserved against the contaminating action of microorganisms such as bacteria and fungi. The carrier can be a solvent or dispersion medium containing, for example, water, ethanol, a pharmaceutically acceptable polyol like glycerol, propylene glycol, liquid polyetheylene glycol, and suitable mixtures thereof. The proper fluidity can be maintained, for example, by the use of a coating such as lecithin, by the maintenance of the required particle size in the case of dispersion and by the use of surfactants. Prevention of the action of microorganisms can be achieved by various antibacterial and antifungal agents, for example, parabens, chlorobutanol, phenol, ascorbic acid, thimerosal, and the like. In some embodiments, it can be useful to include isotonic agents, for example, sugars, polyalcohols such as mannitol, sorbitol, and sodium chloride in the composition.
Sterile injectable solutions can be prepared by incorporating any of the BP quinolone conjugates described herein in an amount in an appropriate solvent with one or a combination of ingredients enumerated herein, as required, followed by filtered sterilization. Generally, dispersions can be prepared by incorporating the BP quinolone conjugate into a sterile vehicle which contains a basic dispersion medium and the required other ingredients from those enumerated herein. In the case of sterile powders for the preparation of sterile injectable solutions, examples of useful preparation methods are vacuum drying and freeze-drying which yields a powder of the active ingredient plus any additional desired ingredient from a previously sterile- filtered solution thereof.
Systemic administration can also be by transmucosal or transdermal means. For transmucosal or transdermal administration, penetrants appropriate to the barrier to be permeated can be used in the formulation. Such penetrants are generally known in the art, and include, for example, for transmucosal administration, detergents, bile salts, and fluidic acid derivatives. Transmucosal administration can be accomplished through the use of nasal sprays or suppositories. For transdermal administration, the BP quinolone conjugates can be formulated into ointments, salves, gels, or creams as generally known in the art. In some embodiments, the BP quinolone conjugates can be applied via transdermal delivery systems, which can slowly release the BP quinolone conjugates for percutaneous absorption. Permeation enhancers can be used to facilitate transdermal penetration of the active factors in the conditioned media. Transdermal patches are described in for example, U.S. Pat. No. 5,407,713; U.S. Pat. No. 5,352,456; U.S. Pat. No. 5,332,213; U.S. Pat. No. 5,336,168; U.S. Pat. No. 5,290,561 ; U.S. Pat. No. 5,254,346; U.S. Pat. No. 5,164,189; U.S. Pat. No. 5,163,899; U.S. Pat. No. 5,088,977; U.S. Pat. No. 5,087,240; U.S. Pat. No. 5,008,110; and U.S. Pat. No. 4,921 ,475.
For oral administration, a formulation as described herein can be presented as capsules, tablets, powders, granules, or as a suspension or solution. The formulation can contain conventional additives, such as lactose, mannitol, cornstarch or potato starch, binders, crystalline cellulose, cellulose derivatives, acacia, cornstarch, gelatins, disintegrators, potato starch, sodium carboxymethylcellulose, dibasic calcium phosphate, anhydrous or sodium starch glycolate, lubricants, and/or or magnesium stearate.
For parenteral administration (i.e., administration through a route other than the alimentary canal), the formulations described herein can be combined with a sterile aqueous solution that is isotonic with the blood of the subject. Such a formulation can be prepared by dissolving the active ingredient (e.g. the BP quinolone conjugate) in water containing physiologically-compatible substances, such as sodium chloride, glycine and the like, and having a buffered pH compatible with physiological conditions, so as to produce an aqueous solution, then rendering the solution sterile. The formulation can be presented in unit or multi-dose containers, such as sealed ampoules or vials. The formulation can be delivered by injection, infusion, or other means known in the art.
For transdermal administration, the formulations described herein can be combined with skin penetration enhancers, such as propylene glycol, polyethylene glycol, isopropanol, ethanol, oleic acid, N-methylpyrrolidone and the like, which increase the permeability of the skin to the nucleic acid vectors of the invention and permit the nucleic acid vectors to penetrate through the skin and into the bloodstream. The formulations and/or compositions described herein can be further combined with a polymeric substance, such as ethylcellulose, hydroxypropyl cellulose, ethylene/vinyl acetate, polyvinyl pyrrolidone, and the like, to provide the composition in gel form, which can be dissolved in a solvent, such as methylene chloride, evaporated to the desired viscosity and then applied to backing material to provide a patch.
For inclusion in bone graft substitutes or bone void fillers to prevent local post-operative infection or graft failure after surgery, and to provide sustained local release of antibiotic at the graft site, the formulations described herein can be combined with any xenograft (bovine), autograft (self) or allograft (cadaver) material or synthetic bone substitute. For example, a powder formulation can be premixed by the treating surgeon or clinician bedside/chairside with any existing bone graft substitute on the market or with an autologous graft. This formulation can be further combined with any previously described formulation, and can be combined with products containing hydroxyapatites, tricalcium phosphates, collagen, aliphatic polyesters (poly(lactic) acids (PLA), poly(glycolic)acids (PGA), and polycaprolactone (PCL), polyhydroxybutyrate (PHB), methacrylates, polymethylmethacrylates, resins, monomers, polymers, cancellous bone allografts, human fibrin, platelet rich plasma, platelet rich fibrin, plaster of Paris, apatite, synthetic hydroxyapaptite, coralline hydroxyapatite, wollastonite (calcium silicate), calcium sulfate, bioactive glasses, ceramics, titanium, devitalized bone matrix, non-collagenous proteins, collagen, and autolyzed antigen extracted allogenic bone. In this embodiment the bone graft material combined with BP quinolone conjugate can be in the formulation of a paste, powder, putty, gel, hydrogel, matrix, granules, particles, freeze-dried powder, freeze-dried bone, demineralized freeze-dried bone, fresh or fresh-frozen bone, corticocancellous mix, pellets, strips, plugs, membranes, lyophilized powder reconstituted to form wet paste, spherules, sponges, blocks, morsels, sticks, wedges, cements, or amorphous particles; many of these may also be in injectable formulations or as a combination of two or more aforementioned formulations (e.g. injectable paste with sponge).
In another embodiment, the BP-quinolone conjugate can be combined with factor-based bone grafts containing natural or recombinant growth factors, such as transforming growth factor- beta (TGF-beta), platelet-derived growth factor (PDGF), fibroblast growth factors (FGF), and/or bone morphogenic protein (BMP). In another embodiment, the BP quinolone conjugate can be combined with cell-based bone grafts used in regenerative medicine and dentistry including embryonic stem cells and/or adults stem cells, tissue-specific stem cells, hematopoietic stem cells, epidermal stem cells, epithelial stem cells, gingival stem cells, periodontal ligament stem cells, adipose stem cells, bone marrow stem cells, and blood stem cells. Therefore, a bone graft with the property of osteoconduction, osteoinduction, osteopromotion, osteogenesis, or any combination thereof can be combined with the BP quinolone conjugate for clinical or therapeutic use.
Dosage forms
The BP quinolone compounds, conjugates and formulations thereof described herein in any one or more aspects or embodiments can be provided in unit dose form such as a tablet, capsule, single-dose injection or infusion vial, or as a predetermined dose for mixing with bone graft material as in formulations described above. Where appropriate, the dosage forms described herein can be microencapsulated. The dosage form can also be prepared to prolong or sustain the release of any ingredient. In some embodiments, the complexed active agent can be the ingredient whose release is delayed. In other embodiments, the release of an auxiliary ingredient is delayed. Suitable methods for delaying the release of an ingredient include, but are not limited to, coating or embedding the ingredients in material in polymers, wax, gels, and the like. Delayed release dosage formulations can be prepared as described in standard references such as “Pharmaceutical dosage form tablets,” eds. Liberman et. al. (New York, Marcel Dekker, Inc., 1989), “Remington - The science and practice of pharmacy”, 20th ed., Lippincott Williams & Wilkins, Baltimore, MD, 2000, and“Pharmaceutical dosage forms and drug delivery systems”, 6th Edition, Ansel et al., (Media, PA: Williams and Wilkins, 1995). These references provide information on excipients, materials, equipment, and processes for preparing tablets and capsules and delayed release dosage forms of tablets and pellets, capsules, and granules. The delayed release can be anywhere from about an hour to about 3 months or more.
Coatings may be formed with a different ratio of water soluble polymer, water insoluble polymers, and/or pH dependent polymers, with or without water insoluble/water soluble non polymeric excipient, to produce the desired release profile. The coatings can be either performed on the dosage form (matrix or simple) which includes, but is not limited to, tablets (compressed with or without coated beads), capsules (with or without coated beads), beads, particle compositions,“ingredient as is” formulated as, but not limited to, suspension form or as a sprinkle dosage form.
Examples of suitable coating materials include, but are not limited to, cellulose polymers such as cellulose acetate phthalate, hydroxypropyl cellulose, hydroxypropyl methylcellulose, hydroxypropyl methylcellulose phthalate, and hydroxypropyl methylcellulose acetate succinate; polyvinyl acetate phthalate, acrylic acid polymers and copolymers, and methacrylic resins that are commercially available under the trade name EUDRAGIT® (Roth Pharma, Westerstadt, Germany), zein, shellac, and polysaccharides.
Effective Amounts
The formulations can contain an effective amount of a BP quinolone compound or conjugate (effective for inhibiting and/or killing a bacterium) described herein in any one or more aspects or embodiments. In some embodiments, the effective amount ranges from about 0.001 pg to about 1 ,000 g or more of the BP quinolone conjugate described herein. In some embodiments, the effective amount of the BP quinolone conjugate described herein can range from about 0.001 mg/kg body weight to about 1 ,000 mg/kg body weight. In yet other embodiments, the effective amount of the BP quinolone conjugate can range from about 1 % w/w to about 99% or more w/w, w/v, or v/v of the total formulation. In some embodiments, the effective amount of the BP quinolone conjugate is effective at killing a bacterium that is the causative agent of osteomyelitis and all its subtypes (e.g. diabetic foot osteomyelitis), jaw osteonecrosis, and periodontitis including, but not limited to any strain or species of Staphylococcus, Pseudomonas, Aggregatibacter, Actinomyces, Streptococcus, Haemophilus, Salmonella, Serratia, Enterobacter, Fusobacterium, Bacteroides, Porphyromonas, Prevotella, Veillonella, Campylobacter, Peptostreptococcus, Eikenella, Treponema, Dialister, Micromonas, Yersinia, Tannerella, and Escherichia. Methods of Using the BP Quinolone Conjugates
An amount, including an effective amount, of the BP quinolone compounds, conjugates and formulations thereof described herein in any one or more aspects or embodiments can be administered to a subject in need thereof. In some embodiments the subject in need thereof can have a bone infection, disease, disorder, or a symptom thereof. In some embodiments, the subject in need thereof can be suspected of having or is otherwise predisposed to having a bone infection, disease, disorder, or a symptom thereof. In some embodiments, the subject in need thereof may be at risk for developing an osteomyelitis, osteonecrosis, peri-prosthetic infection, and/or peri- implantitis. In embodiments, the disease or disorder can be osteomyelitis and all its subtypes, osteonecrosis, peri-implantitis or periodontitis. In some embodiments the subject in need thereof has a bone that is infected with a microorganism, such as a bacteria. In some embodiments, the bacteria can be any strain or species of Staphylococcus, Pseudomonas, Aggregatibacter, Actinomyces, Streptococcus, Haemophilus, Salmonella, Serratia, Enterobacter, Fusobacterium, Bacteroides, Porphyromonas, Prevotella, Veillonella, Campylobacter, Peptostreptococcus, Eikenella, Treponema, Dialister, Micromonas, Yersinia, Tannerella, and Escherichia. In some embodiments, the bacteria can form biofilms. In some embodiments, osteomyelitis can be treated in a subject in need thereof by administering an amount, such as an effective amount, of BP quinolone conjugate or formulation thereof described herein to the subject in need thereof. In some embodimnets, the compositions and compounds provided herein can be used in osteonecrosis treatment and/or prevention, distraction osteogenesis, cleft repair, repair of critical supra-alveolar defects, jawbone reconstruction, and any other reconstructions or repair of a bone and/or joint.
Administration of the BP quinolone compounds or conjugates is not restricted to a single route, but can encompass administration by multiple routes. For instance, exemplary administrations by multiple routes include, among others, a combination of intradermal and intramuscular administration, or intradermal and subcutaneous administration. Multiple administrations can be sequential or concurrent. Other modes of application by multiple routes will be apparent to the skilled artisan.
The pharmaceutical formulations can be administered to a subject by any suitable method that allows the agent to exert its effect on the subject in vivo. For example, the formulations and other compositions described herein can be administered to the subject by known procedures including, but not limited to, by oral administration, sublingual or buccal administration, parenteral administration, transdermal administration, via inhalation, via nasal delivery, vaginally, rectally, and intramuscularly. The formulations or other compositions described herein can be administered parenterally, by epifascial, intracapsular, intracutaneous, subcutaneous, intradermal, intrathecal, intramuscular, intraperitoneal, intrasternal, intravascular, intravenous, parenchymatous, and/or sublingual delivery. Delivery can be by injection, infusion, catheter delivery, or some other means, such as by tablet or spray. Delivery can also be by a carrier such as hydroxyapatite or bone in the case of anti-infective bone graft material at a surgical site. Delivery can be via attachment or other association with a bone graft material.
EXAMPLES
Now having described the embodiments of the present disclosure, in general, the following Examples describe some additional embodiments of the present disclosure. While embodiments of the present disclosure are described in connection with the following examples and the corresponding text and figures, there is no intent to limit embodiments of the present disclosure to this description. On the contrary, the intent is to cover all alternatives, modifications, and equivalents included within the spirit and scope of embodiments of the present disclosure.
Introduction
Infectious bone disease, or osteomyelitis, is a major problem worldwide in human and veterinary medicine and can be devastating due to the potential for limb-threatening sequelae and mortality (Lew, et al., Osteomyelitis. Lancet 2004;364:369-79; Desrochers, et al, Limb amputation and prosthesis. Vet Clin North Am Food Anim Pract 2014;30:143-55; Stoodley, et al., Orthopaedic biofilm infections. Curr Orthop Pract 2011 ;22:558-63; Huang, et al., Chronic osteomyelitis increases long-term mortality risk in the elderly: a nationwide population-based cohort study. BMC Geriatr 2016;16:72). The treatment approach to osteomyelitis is mainly antimicrobial, and often long-term, with surgical intervention in many cases to control infection. The causative pathogens in most cases of long bone osteomyelitis are biofilms of Staphylococcus aureus ; by definition these microbes are bound to bone (Fig. 1) in contrast to their planktonic (free-floating) counterparts (Wolcott, et al., Biofilms and chronic infections. J Am Med Assoc 2008;299:2682- 2684).
The biofilm-mediated nature of osteomyelitis is important in clinical and experimental settings because many biofilm pathogens are uncultivable and exhibit an altered phenotype with respect to growth rate and antimicrobial resistance (as compared to their planktonic counterparts) (Junka, et al., Microbial biofilms are able to destroy hydroxyapatite in the absence of host immunity in vitro. J Oral Maxillofac Surg 2015;73:451-64; Herczegh, et al. , Osteoadsorptive bisphosphonate derivatives of fluoroquinolone antibacterials. J Med Chem 2002; 45:2338-41). The difficulty in eradicating biofilms with conventional antibiotics partly explains why the higher success rates of antimicrobial therapy in general have not yet been realized for orthopedic infections, along with the development of resistant biofilm pathogens, the poor penetration of antimicrobial agents in bone, and adverse events related to systemic toxicity (Buxton, et al., Bisphosphonate-ciprofloxacin bound to Skelite is a prototype for enhancing experimental local antibiotic delivery to injured bone. Br J Surg 2004;91 :1192-6).
To overcome the many challenges associated with osteomyelitis treatment, there is increasing interest in drug delivery approaches using bone-targeting conjugates to achieve higher or more sustained local therapeutic concentrations of antibiotic in bone while minimizing systemic exposure (Panagopoulos, et al., Local Antibiotic Delivery Systems in Diabetic Foot Osteomyelitis: Time for One Step Beyond? Int J Low Extrem Wounds 2015;14:87-91 ; Puga, et al., Hot melt poly- epsilon-caprolactone/poloxamine implantable matrices for sustained delivery of ciprofloxacin. Acta biomaterialia 2012;8: 1507-18). Fluoroquinolone antibiotics conjugated to osteoadsorptive bisphosphonates (BPs) represents a promising approach because of the long clinical track-record of safety of each constituent, and their advantageous biochemical properties (Buxton, et al., Bisphosphonate-ciprofloxacin bound to Skelite is a prototype for enhancing experimental local antibiotic delivery to injured bone. Br J Surg 2004;91 :1192-6). In early investigations of the fluoroquinolone family in this context, ciprofloxacin demonstrated the best binding and microbiological properties when bound to BP (Herczegh, et al., Osteoadsorptive bisphosphonate derivatives of fluoroquinolone antibacterials. J Med Chem 2002;45:2338-41). Ciprofloxacin has several advantages for repurposing in this context: it can be administered orally or intravenously with relative bioequivalence, it has broad spectrum antimicrobial activity that includes the most commonly encountered osteomyelitis pathogens, it demonstrates bactericidal activity in clinically achievable doses, and it is the least expensive drug in the fluoroquinolone family (Houghton, et al., Linking bisphosphonates to the free amino groups in fluoroquinolones: preparation of osteotropic prodrugs for the prevention of osteomyelitis. J Med Chem 2008;51 :6955-69).
Example 1 :
Non-limiting examples of quinolones that can be included in the BP conjugates herein include the following quinolones.
Fluorinated Quinolones
Balofloxacin Besifloxacin
Clinafloxacin Danofloxacin
Enoxacin Enrofloxacin
Finafloxacin F Flerofloxac
Flumequine Gatifloxacin
Gemifloxacin Grepafloxacin
Levofloxacin Lomefloxacin
Marbofloxacin Moxifloxacin
Nadifloxacin Norfloxacin
Pazufloxacin Pefloxacin
Pradofloxacin Prulifloxacin
Sitafloxacin Sparfloxacin
Temafloxacin Tosufloxacin
Trovafloxacin Zabofloxacin
The following is an example of a non-flouronated quinolone.
Example 2:
Dental implants are a critical part of modern dental practice and it is estimated that up to 35 million Americans are missing all of their teeth in one or both jaws. The overall market for these implants to replace and reconstruct teeth is expected to reach $4.2 billion by 2022. While the majority of implants are successful, some of these prosthetics fail due to peri-implantitis, leading to supporting bone destruction. Peri-implantitis has a bimodal incidence, incluiding early stage (<12 months) and late stage (>5 years) failures; both of these critical failure points are largely the result of bacterial biofilm infections on and around the implant. Peri-implantitis is a common reason for implant failure. Dental implants failures are generally caused by biomechanical or biological/microbiological reasons. The prevalence of peri-implantitis, the most severe form of microbiological-related implant disease leading to the destruction of supporting bone is difficult to ascertain from the current literature. However, recent studies indicate that peri-implantites is a growing problem with increasing prevalence4. A recent study of 150 patients followed 5 to 10 years showed a rate of peri-implantitis of approximately 17% and 30% respectively, indicating that it is a significant issue5. Early implant failure or lack of osseointegration is a separate problem and occurs in roughly 9% of implanted jaws6. This is more prevalent in the maxilla6 and is associated with bacterial infection during surgery or from a nearby site (e.g. periodontitis) as well as other well-recognized and modifiable risk factors such as smoking, diabetes, excess cement, and poor oral hygiene2.
Biofilm infection can be involved in the etiophathogeneiss of peri-implantitis. Biofilm infections represent a unique problem for treatment and are often difficult to diagnose, resistant to standard antibiotic therapy, resistant to host immune responses, and lead to persistent intractable infections7. The biofilm hypothesis of infection has been steadily expanded since the early elucidation that bacteria live in matrix supported communities8·9. It is now established that over 65% of chronic infections are caused by bacteria living in biofilms7. This implies that approximately 12 million people in the US are affected by, and almost half a million people die in the US each year, from these infections. Peri-implantitis and periodontitis are among the most common biofilm infections encountered. Peri-implantitis has been found to be a comparatively simpler infection with less diverse communities (and keystone pathogens) than periodontitis infections10. Typically, gram negative species predominate11. Other orthopedic or osseous infections including those of the jaw, are also caused by bacterial biofilm communities12 making the technology developed here amenable for use in these diseases as well. Currently treatment approaches to peri-implantits have their limitations. While peri- implantitis has several causes, the predominant etiology is bacterial biofilm. There are no universally accepted guidelines or protocols for peri-implantitis therapy, many of the clinical regimens for bacterial peri-implantitis treatment comprise local and systemic antibiotic delivery13 and surgical debridement of the lesion, including restorative grafting with bone graft substitutes14·15. Clinical experience has shown, however, that it is difficult to advance even a local antibiotic delivery device to the bottom of a deep peri-implant pocket and to infected jawbone, or to get systemic antibiotics to penetrate adequately into infected jawbone to kill biofilm pathogens16, which is largely due to the intrinsic poor bone (and peri-implant) biodistribution or pharmacokinetics of the antibiotics 17. In previous long-term studies, even when infected implants were cleaned locally with an antiseptic agent and systemic antibiotics were administered, there was additional loss of supporting bone in more than 40% of the advanced peri-implantitis lesions15.
In addition, longer-term systemic antibiotic therapy could result in systemic toxicity or adverse effects, and also resistance. Therefore, it has become common practice by clinicians to use local delivery systems for achieving higher therapeutic antibacterial concentrations in bone. For example, dentists use chairside mixing of minocycline or doxycycline powder (e.g. Arestin®), or chlorhexidine solution (e.g. PerioChip®), with bone graft material for local delivery18. Such approaches are merely a slurry and do not represent a strong binding between the antibiotic and the bone substitute as in the BioVinc approach, and thus suffer from comparatively earlier washout and less efficient pharmacokinetics as previously discussed. In addition, investigators have also used several biodegradable and non-biodegradable local antibiotic delivery systems19. However, these approaches have several limitations, e.g., non-biodegradable approaches (e.g. polymethylmethacrylate cements) require a second surgery to remove the antibiotic loaded device, are incompatible with certain antibiotics, and suffer from inefficient release kinetics; in some cases, <10% of the total delivered antibiotic is released17. Biodegradable materials including fibers, gels, and beads are receiving increasing interest, however, their clinical efficacy for the treatment of peri-implantitis is not well-documented3. Even when effective antimicrobials/antiseptics are used to treat peri-implantitis in the jaw, such as local chlorhexidine delivery, there is minor influence on treatment outcomes as demonstrated in prospective animal and human studies15'17. These data taken together further support the poor pharmacokinetics of antibiotics in bone as previously mentioned, and highlight the need for bone-binding/bone- targeted and sustained antibiotic release strategies. BP-Conjugates
Considering the limitations of current treatment approaches, it is a significant advance in the field to develop a bone/biofilm-targeting antimicrobial agent. The BP-antibiotic (BP-Ab) conjugates provided herein can overcome many challenges associated with poor antibiotic pharmacokinetics or bioavailability in bone and within bone-bound biofilms. These componds can reduce infection via a“targeting and release approach,” which can reduce concern with systemic toxicity and/or drug exposure in other (e.g. non-infected) tissues. The BP-Ab conjugates can be integrated into a bone graft substitute. The BP-Ab can be a BP-fluoroquinolone conjugate. In some instances, the BP-Ab can be a bisphosphonate-carbamate-ciprofloxacin (BCC, compound 6), as shown in Fig. 3. The exemplary structure of Fig. 3 is also referred to herein as BCC (compound 6). When integrated into a bone graft the BP-Ab bone graft material can also be referred to as a BP-Ab-bone graft. For example, when the antiboiotic is a fluoroquinolone, it can be referred to as a BP-FQ-bone graft. These compound(s) can effectively adsorb to hydroxyapatite (HA)/bone, and can achieve a sustained release and antimicrobial efficacy against biofilm pathogens over time. The compounds and graft material integrating the compound(s) provided herein can be used as an anti-infective bone graft substitute for adjunct treatment or prevention of peri-implantitis. The conjugate will be released locally from the graft material with sustained release kinetics and cleaved in the presence of bacterial or osteoclastic activity as we have previously demonstrated, in vitro and in vivo, in other results provided elsewhere herein. In this way the grafts can provide greater local concentrations of the FQ, such as ciprofloxacin, as compared to current delivery routes. In sum the compounds and bone-graft materials provided herein can contain an antibiotic that is conjugated to a safe or pharmacologically inactive (non- antiresorptive) BP moiety bound to calcium/HA in the graft material via strong polydentate electrostatic interactions, and the antibiotic releases over time; it does not simply represent a topical antibiotic that is merely mixed in as a slurry with existing bone graft material as some current clinical approaches in this context. This chemisorbed drug attached to calcium phosphate mineral (HA) is therefore a major advance in the field and overcomes many of the limitations in antibiotic delivery to peri-implant bone for effective bactericidal activity against biofilm pathogens.
The general concept of targeting bone by linking active drug molecules to BPs has been discussed in a review30. However, as of this time no FDA approved drugs have been developed, as early attempts led to either systemically unstable prodrugs or non-cleavable conjugates that were found mostly to inactivate either component of the conjugate by interfering with the pharmacophoric requirements. In the quinolone field a prominent example was described by Herczegh where antibacterial properties of the fluoroquinolone were diminished upon conjugation with a stable BP-linked congener31 32. Therefore, a target and release linker strategy is needed.
Recently, medicinal chemistry strategies exploiting less stable linking techniques start to emerge. Others have linked fluoroquinolones via the carboxylic acid group to several different BP moieties. They found that glycolamide ester prodrugs of the antibiotics moxifloxacin and gatifloxacin reduced infection when used prophylactically in a rat osteomyelitis model33. This same group has used acyloxycarbamate and phenylpropanone based linkers to tether the same antibiotics via amine functionality to simple BP systems34. They show using the same prophylactic rat model that these conjugates are also better than the parent antibiotic at inhibiting the establishment of infection. The Targanta team33 has carried several of these prodrug strategies on into use with the glycopeptide antibiotic oritavancin35. This dual function drug seems to be somewhat effective in preventing infection. However, to date they have not published studies showing that they can treat an established infection and they also have not published pharmacokinetics of the prodrug. It is believed that these analogs are too labile in the bloodstream to fully realize success with this therapeutic approach as their drug candidate selection was based in part on plasma instability. Thus, it is believed that these compounds developed by these groups fail to achieve effective local concentrations of the antibiotic.
The BCC compound(s) (Fig. 3) can incorporate the phenyl moity of the phenyl carbamate linker directly into the BP portion of the molecule. Release kinetics can be modified or tuned via modification of the phenyl ring with electron withdrawing or donating groups, which can alter the liability of the linker. Additionally, the BP core lacks effectiveness as an antiresporptive agent, and thus, does not carry the risk of medication-related osteonecrosis of the jaw like the more potent nitrogen-containing BP drugs (e.g., zoledronate3940. It is demonstrate herein and in other Examples herein that this target and release strategy using the phenyl carbamate linker very likely releases the active drug directly into the bacterial biofilm in the bone milieu. The bone targeting is so effective that it works better than ciprofloxacin against biofilms grown on HA bone matrix surrogate than on planktonic cultures grown in plastic vessels. An analog conjugate made with a non-cleavable amide linkage (bisphosphonate-amide-ciprofloxacin, leaving out the phenolic oxygen of the carbamate, was found to have very little effect on bacterial growth under any circumstances, demonstrating that active cleavage of the conjugate is required for antimicrobial activity.
Example 3 Design and synthesis of additional BP-Ab conjugates (Fig. 4). Additional BP-Ab conjugates can be designed using, for example, ciprofloxacin and moxifloxacin conjugated to BPs (e.g. 4-hydroxyphenylethylidene BP (BP 1 , Fig. 4), its hydroxy-containing analog (BP 2, Fig. 4, with higher bone affinity) and pamidronate (BP 3, Fig. 4), via carbamate based linkers (e.g. carbamate, S-thiocarbamate, and O-thiocarbamate). Fig. 5 shows an exemplary synthesis scheme for synthesis of BP-Ab conjugates with an O-thiocarbamate linker. Conjugates with S- thiocarbamate linkage (slightly more labile) can be obtained by isomerization of conjugates with O-thiocarbamate linkage via the Newman-Kwart rearrangement (ref. 47, 48). Preliminary chemistry has already been conducted to demonstrate the feasibility of the quick synthesis of these targets. Adding bone affinity is therefore well demonstrated using the a-OH containing BPs (49). Added bone affinity will enhance concentrations of the conjugate at the bone surface and facilitate higher local concentrations of drug short term and long term. For the synthesis of conjugates with a-OH containing BPs (BP 2 and pamidronate, Fig. 4), since the a-OH bisphosphonate ester is prone to rearrangement to a phosphonophosphate, the a-OH can be protected with the tert-butyldimethylsilyl (TBS) group (Scheme 2, Fig. 6) (50). Then the a-O-TBS BP 2 ester are activated by 4-nitrophenyl chloroformate and reacted with ciprofloxacin or moxifloxacin similarly as in Fig. 5. For a-O-TBS BP 3 ester, a linker with phenol group (e.g., linker 1 (resorcinol), linker 2 (hydroquinone), linker 3 (4-hydroxyphenylacetic acid), Figure 20) are used to tether BP and antimicrobial agents, and the synthesis route using linker 3 is illustrated as an example here (Scheme 3, Fig. 7). All BP-Ab conjugates are characterized by 1 H, 31 P, 13C NMR, MS, HPLC, and elemental analysis to assure identity.
The mineral binding affinity of the BP-Ab conjugates can be determined. Briefly, Anorganic bovine bone large particle size (uniformly 1-2mm) can be accurately weighed (1.4-1.6 mg) and suspended in a 4 mL clear vial containing the appropriate volume of assay buffer [0.05% (wt/vol) Tween20, 10mM EDTA and 100mM HEPES pH=7.4] for 3hr. This bone material can then be incubated with increasing amounts of BP-Ab (0, 25, 50, 100, 200 and 300mM). Samples can be gently shaken for 3h at 37°C in the assay buffer. Subsequent to the equilibrium period, the vials can be centrifuged at 10,000 rpm for 5 min to separate solids and supernatant. The supernatant (0.3 mL) can be collected and the concentration of the equilibrium solution are measured using a Shimadzu UV-VIS spectrometer (275nm wavelength). Fluorescent emission can also be used to calculate binding parameters. Nonspecific binding can be measured with a similar procedure in the absence of HA as control. The amount of parent drug/BP-Ab conjugates bound to HA is deduced from the difference between the input amount and the amount recovered in the supernatants after binding. Binding parameters (Kd and Bmax represent the equilibrium dissociation constant and maximum number of binding sites, respectively) can be calculated using the PRISM program (Graphpad, USA) and measured in 5 independent experiments. Compounds with an equilibrium dissociation constant (Kd) lower than 20 mM (~ 2x Kd of parent BPs) can be preferred. A two-sample t-test can be used to evaluate the binding parameters of the BP-Abs. The sample size (n=5) in each group can be used to detect the effect size 1.72 for this hypothesis at a power of 80% and a one-side Type I error of 0.05.
The linkage-stability of the BP-Ab conjugates can be determined. Briefly, the linker stability of each BP-Ab conjugate can be tested in PBS buffers with different pH (pH = 1 , 4, 7.4, 10) and human or canine serum. BP-Ab can be suspended in 400 pL of above-mentioned PBS or in 400 pL of 50% (v/v in PBS) human or canine serum. The suspension/solution can be incubated for 24 h at 37 °C and centrifuged at 13000 rpm for 2 min, and the supernatant can be recovered. Methanol (5X volume relative to supernatant) can be added to each supernatant, and the mixture can be vortexed for 15 min to extract released fluoroquinolone. The mixture can be then centrifuged at 10000 rpm for 15 min to pellet the insoluble material. The supernatant containing the extracted fluoroquinolone can be recovered and evaporated to dryness. The dried pellets can be resuspended in PBS, and the amount of released fluoroquinolone can be determined by UV- VIS measurements as described previously. The percentage of fluoroquinolone drug released can then be calculated based on the input amount and the measured amount of released drug. The identity of released drug can be confirmed by LC-MS analysis and/or NMR if the concentrations are sufficient.
The in vitro inhibition of biofilm growth on HA discs can be determined. Briefly, for custom disc manufacturing, commercially available HA powder can be used. Powder pellets of 9.6mm in diameter can be pressed without a binder. Sintering can be performed at 900 °C. The tablets can be compressed using the Universal Testing System for static tensile, compression, and bending tests (Instron model 3384; Instron, Norwood, MA). The quality of the manufactured HA discs can be checked by means of confocal microscopy and microcomputed tomography (micro-CT) using an LEXT OLS4000 microscope (Olympus, Center Valley, PA) and Metrotom 1500 microtomograph (Carl Zeiss, Oberkochen, Germany), respectively. HA discs can then be introduced to the following concentrations [mg/ml_] of each BP-Ab conjugate and ciprofloxacin/moxifloxacin: 800, 400, 200, 100, 50, 25, 10, 5, 1 and left for 24h/37°C. After incubation, HA discs can be removed and introduced to 1 mL of PBS and left for 5 min in gentle rocker shaker; 3 subsequent rinsings are performed this way. After rinsing, 1 ml_ of Aa suspension can be introduced to discs and left for 24h/37°C. Discs can then be rinsed to remove non-bound bacteria and subjected to vortex shaking. The serial dilutions of suspension obtained can then be culture plated on modified TSB agar plates and colony growth is counted after 24h.
The oseeointegration effect of the BP-FQ-bone grafts on critical size can be evaluated in supra-alveolar peri-implant defect model for bone grafting. Briefly, in this split mouth design, mandibular PM2-PM4 are bilaterally extracted in 6 beagle dogs (3 males, 3 females) and are allowed to heal for 12 weeks. Crestal incision are made followed by mucoperiosteal flap reflection. Osteotomy are performed to create a 6mm supra-alveolar defect. Implant site osteotomy preparations are made in each of the premolar regions by sequential cutting with internally irrigated drills in graduated diameters under copious irrigation. Implants (Astra Tech Osseospeed Tx® 3 x 11 mm) are placed in the position of PM2-PM4 on each side in such manner that the implants are positioned 4mm supracrestally in relation to the created defect and at the same distance from the buccal cortical bone plate. Dogs are divided randomly into 3 different groups (2 dogs per group):
1. Anorganic bovine bone (1g large particle size 1-2mm) chemisorbed with BP- fluoroquinolone are used on the right side and collagen plugs (negative control) are used on the left side.
2. Anorganic bovine bone (1g large particle size 1-2mm, positive control) are used on the right side and collagen plugs (negative control) are used on the left side.
3. Bio-Oss® (1g large particle size 1-2mm) chemisorbed with BP-fluoroquinolone are used on the right side and Bio-Oss® (1g large particle size 1-2mm, positive control) are used on the left side.
Chemistry and antimicrobial assay results from experiments described above can inform calculations of the ideal standardized quantity of the conjugate for adsorption to graft material for use in all in vivo experiments described here. Early calculations predicated based on the preliminary results indicate that 5mg or less of conjugate adsorbed to 1g of graft material will provide 2-3 orders of magnitude bactericidal activity above the MIC of tested pathogens. Our BP- fluoroquinolone conjugate can be applied in a range of bone graft materials including commercially available ones, e.g., Bio-Oss®; thus we choose house-made anorganic bovine bone and BioOss as a positive control in the study for a demonstration of wide applications of the conjugate. All defects are filled (depending on the groups above) with a standardized amount of biomaterial up to the platform of each implant on both sides, and Bio-Gide® membranes are used to cover the graft and the implants for improved stability. The flaps are closed in a tension free manner with the use of periosteal releasing incisions, internal mattress and finally marginal single interrupted sutures (PTFE 4,0, Cytoplast, USA). MicroCT are acquired at this point and animals are monitored clinically for inflammation and adverse events. Additionally, as described in the experiments to follow, these animals undergo PK studies to assess for any systemic exposure to the components within the graft material (e.g. intact conjugate, BP, antibiotic, or linker). Animals are sacrificed after 12 weeks and the mandibles are resected and examined by micro-CT followed by histologic preparation. Baseline micro-CT scans of the jaws are taken for comparison to post- experimental scans. Quantitative 3D volumetric micro-CT and histomorphometric analyses are performed to examine the volume of new bone present in peri-implant sites, as well as first bone- to-implant contact, total defect area, regenerated area, regenerated area within total defect area, regenerated bone, residual bone substitute material, percentage of mineralized tissue, soft tissue, and void. Finally, necropsy are performed for post-mortem evaluation of organs and systems for gross and microscopic signs of tolerability issues from local oral therapy.
Antimicrobial efficacy of the BP-FQ-bone grafts can be evaluated in a canine peri- implantitis model. Briefly, in this split mouth design, mandibular PM2-PM4 are extracted bilaterally in 8 beagle dogs (4 males, 4 females; 48 teeth total) using minimally traumatic technique. After 3 months of healing mucoperiosteal flaps are elevated on both sides of the jaw and osteotomy preparations are made in each of the premolar regions by sequential cutting with internally irrigated drills in graduated diameters under copious external irrigation. Using a non-submerged technique, implants (Astra Tech Osseospeed Tx® 3 x 1 1 mm) are installed at each site. The sequence of implant placement are identical in both sides but randomized with a computer generated randomization scheme between dogs. Healing abutments are connected to the implants and flaps approximated with resorbable sutures. A plaque control regimen comprising brushing with dentifrice is then initiated four times a week. Twelve weeks after implant placement just prior to initiation of experimental peri-implantitis, microbiological samples are obtained from all peri-implant sites with sterile paper points (Dentsply, Maillefer, size 35, Ballaigues, Switzerland) and placed immediately in Eppendorf tubes (Starlab, Ahrensburg, Germany) for microbiological analysis. Microbiologic analysis are performed as we have previously detailed via DNA extraction and 16S rRNA PCR amplification. (55) PCR amplicons are sequenced using the Roche 454 GS FLX platform and data analyzed with the Quantitative Insights into Microbial Ecology (QIIME) software package (56). Colony forming unit counts (CFU/mL) are determined from samples as in our Phase I study as described earlier. At this point experimental peri- implantitis are initiated as follows. Aggregatibacter actinomycetemcomitans (Aa) biofilm, a keystone periodontal pathogen, which is not endogenous to canine flora, are initiated on the healing abutments in vitro as performed in our previous experiment in a rat animal model and also in our previous animal peri-implantitis study. The biofilm inoculated healing abutments are placed on the implants and cotton ligatures are placed in a submarginal position around the neck of implants. After 10 weeks of bacterial infection, microbial sampling and analysis are done again as before and micro-CT scans are taken as the baseline for the peri-implantitis defect. Treatment of this experimental peri-implantitis model are initiated by surgical debridement of all implant sites by raising full-thickness buccolingual flaps, removing any existing calculus from implant surfaces using an air-powder abrasion device, and wiping of the implant surfaces with gauze soaked in chlorhexidine gluconate 0.12%. The animals are divided into 4 groups as follows (2 dogs per group):
1. Anorganic bovine bone (1g large particle size 1-2mm) with chemisorbed BP- fluoroquinolone are used on the right side and collagen plugs (negative control) are used on the left side.
2. Anorganic bovine bone (1g large particle size 1-2mm, positive control) are used on the right side and collagen plugs (negative control) are used on the left side.
3. Anorganic bovine bone (1g large particle size 1-2mm) with chemisorbed BP- fluoroquinolone are used on the right side and an antimicrobial releasing device (100 mg topical minocycline, positive control) are used on the left side.
4. Bio-Oss® (1g large particle size 1-2 mm) with chemisorbed BP-fluoroquinolone (positive control) are used on the right side and an antimicrobial releasing device (100 mg topical minocycline, positive control) are used on the left side.
Treatment group assignments are blinded to future investigators for data analysis. Standardized and comparable amounts of antimicrobials are used in treatment groups. After treatment, flaps are repositioned and sutured (PTFE 4,0, Cytoplast, USA) and oral hygiene measures reinstituted after 1 week following suture removal. Clinical and micro-CT scan examinations are performed again at 3 months after surgery and also microbiological samples are acquired at this time point for analysis as described above. Six months after peri-implantitis surgery animals are euthanized and micro-CT scans are performed, and the jaws are resected for assessment of histopathologic parameters as detailed in the section “critical size supra- alveolar peri-implant defect model.” An inflammatory score are determined from histologic sections as previously detailed (ref. 57) for correlation with clinical and radiologic findings.
Statistical analysis: Statistical calculations are performed with SPSS 22.0 (IBM, Armonk, NY) and Excel 2016 (Microsoft Corporation, Redmond, WA). Power analyses were performed to determine sample size estimations for all animal studies using G Power 3 software58. Following data collection from these animal studies, quantitative outcomes are analyzed first with descriptive statistics to understand the distribution of the data (parametric or non-parametric) and to generate the mean, standard error, standard deviation, kurtosis and skewness, and 95% confidence levels. The data are analyzed using the Kruskall-Wallis test, ANOVA, or mixed linear models as applicable and statistical significance are carried out at a=0.05 level when comparing groups. Post-hoc testing using unpaired t-tests and Dunnett’s test for multiple comparisons are also performed to further validate findings. All animal experiments are described using the ARRIVE guidelines for reporting on animal research to ensure the quality, reliability, validity, and reproducibility of results59.
The drug compound and component stability and in vitro ADME of BCC (6) can be evaluated. This data can help establish if there is likely to be any large differences in human metabolism vs. experimental animals. Incubation of 6 with human, rat, and dog liver microsomes and hepatocytes followed by LC/MS analysis of the metabolite mixture are performed. The metabolic profile of ciprofloxacin is known62·63, and so our focus are on any metabolites of the BP portion of the molecule and of the parent (e.g. piperazine ring cleavage as is known for ciprofloxacin). Once metabolites have been determined in vitro, plasma samples from other in vivo experiments described abvoe are used to determine these compounds at steady state in vivo.
The toxicology of the BCC (6) can be evaluated in rat and dog to determine NOAEL. In order to determine the NOAEL and maximum tolerated dosage (MTD) in rat and dog we first carry out dose ranging studies. Groups of 6 rats (3 males, 3 females), are given a single intravenous dose of 10 mg/kg for 6, or based on our best assessment at the time. The dose are escalated by doubling until acute toxicity is noted (MTD) then this dose are reduced by 20% sequentially until no effects are seen, this will be the NOAEL for the compound. Toxicity are assessed as mild, moderate or substantial, and moderate toxicity in >2 or substantial toxicity in ³1 animal define the MTD64. Animals are followed for body weight and clinical observations for 5 days. After 5 days, animals are euthanized and necropsy performed to assess for organ weight and histology (15 sections to include liver and kidney based on clinical BP toxicology). A similar dose range study are carried out in dogs (1/sex, starting at the equivalent dose as determined from allometric scaling 4 mg/kg assuming 250 g rats and 10 kg dogs) and include hematology and clinical chemistry in addition to identical terminal studies as in rat. This can use a total of 4-6 cohorts.
An expanded acute toxicity testing in groups of animals including toxicokinetics and recovery testing at the NOAEL and the MTD can be performed. Gropus of 48 rats including 10/sex can be used for each dose for assessment of toxicity and 9/sex for toxicokinetics and 5/sex for recovery. Toxicokinetics are determined at 6 time points (3 rats/time point chosen randomly from male or female) following administration of each dose. Time points are 5, 30, 60, 120 mins, 12 hrs, and 24 hrs post dosing. Recovery animals are observed for 14 days followed by assessment of organ weight and histology as in the above study. From the toxicokinetic study, PK parameters are determined by non-compartmental analysis (NCA) including Cmax, AUC and half-life. An identical experiment was carried out in canines but including 10 total animals (3/sex for dosing and 2/sex for recovery) with multiple blood draws from each animal at the same time points as for the rats. The AUC at the NOAEL for canines are used to calculate the maximum allowable exposure from the bone graft/BP-fluoroquinolone conjugate as described in aim 2 and PK experiments in canines are used to determine if there is systemic exposure above 1/100 of this level.
For population modeling, a unique 3-compartment (blood/urine/bone) mathematical model of BP pharmacokinetics which has been validated clinically and are applied to the current project65. From the canine study, in each animal at the time of euthanasia, we sample bone (jaw and femur), tendon (gastrocnemius) for determination of BP and fluoroquinolone concentrations. We combine these data and our model to describe the time course in dogs. From this model we can simulate the expected exposure of bone and cartilage to both BP and fluoroquinolone with alternative dosing or repeated dosing. This can inform subsequent human dosing. The nonparametric adaptive grid (NPAG) algorithm with adaptive gamma implemented within the Pmetrics package for R (Laboratory of Applied Pharmacokinetics and Bioinformatics, Los Angeles, CA) are used for all PK model-fitting procedures as previously described66 68. Assay error (SD) is accounted for using an error polynomial as a function of the measured concentration, and comparative performance evaluation are completed using Akaike's information criterion, a regression of observed versus predicted concentrations, visual plots of PK parameter-covariate regressions, and the rule of parsimony.
Example 4
The BP-Ab conjugates can be integrated into grafts and grafting devices. In embodiments, one or more of the BP-Ab conjugates can be integrated into an already approved bone graft product, such as the bovine bone materials from BioOss® (Geistlich Pharma AG, Switzerland) or MinerOss® (BioHorizons, Birmingham, AL) to name a few. The BP-Ab conjugate(s) can be admixed with a support material for use as a dental bone graft substitute. The product will comprise the conjugate adsorbed to anorganic bovine bone material. This material will allow the local delivery of antibiotic to the region of bone graft implantation to reduce bacterial infection rates and associated dental pathology such as peri-implantitis and other infections. The dental applications for our product could include not only peri-implantitis treatment, but also socket preservation after tooth extraction, ridge or sinus augmentation, periodontitis prevention or treatment, osteomyelitis or osteonecrosis treatment or prevention, or other oral and periodontal surgery applications where such a bone graft could be beneficial. The BP-fluoroquinolone conjugate material will be intimately adsorbed on the bone graft substitute and our preliminary data show sustained release into the area of bone destruction in the case of infections, which allows our product to more effectively deliver antibiotic to the site of infection with negligible to no systemic exposure to either component of the conjugate compound.
The grafting material can also be beneficial for non-dental grafting procedures, such as sinus grafting procedures.
References for Examples 2-4.
1. http://www.aaid.com/about/press_room/dental_implants_faq.html
2. Quirynen M, De Soete M, van Steenberghe D. Infectious risks for oral implants: a review of the literature. Clinical Oral Implants Research. 2002 ;13(1):1-19. doi: 10.1034/j .1600- 0501.2002.130101.x. PubMed PMID: 12005139.
3. Norowski PA, Jr., Bumgardner JD. Biomaterial and antibiotic strategies for peri- implantitis: a review. J Biomed Mater Res B Appl Biomater. 2009;88(2):530-43. doi: 10.1002/jbm.b.31152. PubMed PMID: 18698626.
4. Salvi GE, Cosgarea R, Sculean A. Prevalence and Mechanisms of Peri-implant Diseases. J Dent Res. 2016. doi: 10.1 177/0022034516667484. PubMed PMID: 27680028.
5. Meijer HJA, Raghoebar GM, de Waal YCM, Vissink A. Incidence of peri-implant mucositis and peri-implantitis in edentulous patients with an implant-retained mandibular overdenture during a 10-year follow-up period. Journal of Clinical Periodontology. 2014;41 (12): 1178-83. doi: 10.1111 /jcpe.12311. PubMed PMID: 25229397.
6. Jemt T, Olsson M, Stenport VF. Incidence of First Implant Failure: A Retroprospective Study of 27 Years of Implant Operations at One Specialist Clinic. Clinical Implant Dentistry and Related Research. 2015; 17:E501-E10. doi: 10.1111/cid.12277. PubMed PMID: 25536273.
7. Wolcott RD, Ehrlich GD. Biofilms and chronic infections. Jama-Journal of the American Medical Association. 2008;299(22):2682-4. doi: 10.1001/jama.299.22.2682. PubMed PMID: 18544729.
8. Costerton JW, Cheng KJ, Geesey GG, Ladd Tl, Nickel JC, Dasgupta M, Marrie TJ. Bacterial biofilms in nature and disesae. Annual Review of Microbiology. 1987;41 :435-64. PubMed PMID: 3318676. 9. Costerton JW, Geesey GG, Cheng KJ. How bacteria stick. Scientific American. 1978;238(1):86-95. PubMed PMID: 635520.
10. Kumar PS, Mason MR, Brooker MR, O'Brien K. Pyrosequencing reveals unique microbial signatures associated with healthy and failing dental implants. J Clin Periodontol 2012;39(5):425-33. doi: 10.111 1/j.1600-051X.2012.01856.x. PubMed PMID: 22417294; PubMed Central PMCID: PMC3323747.
11. Shibli JA, Melo L, Ferrari DS, Figueiredo LC, Faveri M, Feres M. Composition of supra and subgingival biofilm of subjects with healthy and diseased implants. Clin Oral Implants Res. 2008; 19(10):975-82. doi: 10.1111/j.1600-0501.2008.01566.x. PubMed PMID: 18828812.
12. Stoodley P, Ehrlich GD, Sedghizadeh PP, Hall-Stoodley L, Baratz ME, Altman DT, Sotereanos NG, Costerton JW, DeMeo P. Orthopaedic Biofilm Infections. Curr Orthop Pract. 2011 ;22(6):558-63. PubMed PMID: 22323927; PubMed Central PMCID: PMC3272669.
13. Javed F, AIGhamdi AST, Ahmed A, Mikami T, Ahmed HB, Tenenbaum HC. Clinical efficacy of antibiotics in the treatment of peri-implantitis. International Dental Journal. 2013;63(4): 169-76. doi: 10.11 11/idj.12034. PubMed PMID: 23879251.
14. Smeets R, Henningsen A, Jung O, Heiland M, Hammacher C, Stein JM. Definition, etiology, prevention and treatment of peri-implantitis - a review. Head Face Med. 2014; 10. doi: 10.1186/1746-160x-10-34. PubMed PMID: 25185675; PubMed Central PMCID: PMC4164121.
15. Leonhardt A, Dahlen G, Renvert S. Five-year clinical, microbiological, and radiological outcome following treatment of peri-implantitis in man. J Periodontol. 2003;74(10): 1415-22. doi: 10.1902/jop.2003.74.10.1415. PubMed PMID: 14653386.
16. Mombelli A. Microbiology and antimicrobial therapy of peri-implantitis. Periodontol 2000. 2002;28: 177-89. PubMed PMID: 12013341.
17. Levison ME, Levison JH. Pharmacokinetics and Pharmacodynamics of Antibacterial Agents. Infect Dis Clin North Am. 2009;23(4):75-89. doi: 10.1016/j.idc.2009.06.008. PubMed PMID: 24484576; PubMed Central PMCID: PMC4079031
18. Kaur K, Sikri P. Evaluation of the effect of allograft with doxycycline versus the allograft alone in the treatment of infrabony defects: A controlled clinical and radiographical study. Dent Res J (Isfahan). 2013;10(2):238-46. PubMed PMID: 23946743; PubMed Central PMCID: PMC3731967.
19. Inzana JA, Schwarz EM, Kates SL, Awad HA. Biomaterials approaches to treating implant-associated osteomyelitis. Biomaterials. 2016;81 :58-71. doi:
10.1016/j. biomaterials.2015.12.012. PubMed PMID: 26724454. 20. Schmitt CM, Moest T, Lutz R, Neukam FW, Schlegel KA. Anorganic bovine bone (ABB) vs. autologous bone (AB) plus ABB in maxillary sinus grafting. A prospective non- randomized clinical and histomorphometrical trial. Clin Oral Implants Res. 2015;26(9): 1043-50. doi: 10.111 1/clr.12396. PubMed PMID: 24730602.
21. Kluin OS, van der Mei HC, Busscher HJ, Neut D. Biodegradable vs non- biodegradable antibiotic delivery devices in the treatment of osteomyelitis. Expert Opin Drug Deliv. 2013; 10(3):341-51. doi: 10.1517/17425247.2013.751371. PubMed PMID: 23289645.
22.
https://www.accessdata.fda.gov/drugsatfda_docs/label/2009/019537s073,020780s030lbl
.pdf
23. Nancollas GH, Tang R, Phipps RJ, Henneman Z, Guide S, Wu W, Mangood A, Russell RGG, Ebetino FH. Novel insights into actions of bisphosphonates on bone: Differences in interactions with hydroxyapatite. Bone. 2006;38(5):617-27. doi: 10.1016/j.bone.2005.05.003. PubMed PMID: 16046206.
24. Russell RGG, Watts NB, Ebetino FH, Rogers MJ. Mechanisms of action of bisphosphonates: similarities and differences and their potential influence on clinical efficacy. Osteoporos Int 2008; 19(6):733-59. doi: 10.1007/s00198-007-0540-8. PubMed PMID: 18214569.
25. Kavanagh KL, Guo KD, Dunford JE, Wu XQ, Knapp S, Ebetino FH, Rogers MJ, Russell RGG, Oppermann U. The molecular mechanism of nitrogen-containing bisphosphonates as anti osteoporosis drugs. Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A. 2006; 103(20):7829-34. doi: 10.1073/pnas.0601643103. PubMed PMID: 16684881 ; PubMed Central PMCID: PMC1472530.
26. Kashemirov BA, Bala JLF, Chen X, Ebetino FH, Xia Z, Russell RGG, Coxon FP, Roelofs AJ, Rogers MJ, McKenna CE. Fluorescently labeled risedronate and related analogues: "magic linker" synthesis. Bioconjug Chem. 2008;19(12):2308-10. doi: 10.1021/bc800369c. PubMed PMID: 19032080.
27. Junka AF, Szymczyk P, Smutnicka D, Kos M, Smolina I, Bartoszewicz M, Chlebus E, Turniak M, Sedghizadeh PP. Microbial biofilms are able to destroy hydroxyapatite in the absence of host immunity in vitro. J Oral Maxillofac Surg. 2015;73(3):451-64. doi: 10.1016/j.joms.2014.09.019. PubMed PMID: 25544303.
28. Sedghizadeh PP, Kumar SKS, Gorur A, Schaudinn C, Shuler CF, Costerton JW. Identification of microbial biofilms in osteonecrosis of the jaws secondary to bisphosphonate therapy. J Oral Maxillofac Surg 2008;66(4):767-75. doi: 10.1016/j.joms.2007.11.035. PubMed PMID: 18355603. 29. Sedghizadeh PP, Kumar SKS, Gorur A, Schaudinn C, Shuler CF, Costerton JW. Microbial biofilms in osteomyelitis of the jaw and osteonecrosis of the jaw secondary to bisphosphonate therapy. J Am Dent Assoc. 2009; 140(10):1259-65. PubMed PMID: 19797556.
30. Zhang SF, Gangal G, Uludag H. 'Magic bullets' for bone diseases: progress in rational design of bone-seeking medicinal agents. Chem Soc Rev 2007;36(3):507-31. doi: 10.1039/b512310k. PubMed PMID: 17325789.
31. Herczegh P, Buxton TB, McPherson JC, Kovacs-Kulyassa A, Brewer PD, Sztaricskai F, Stroebel GG, Plowman KM, Farcasiu D, Hartmann JF. Osteoadsorptive bisphosphonate derivatives of fluoroquinolone antibacterials. J Med Chem. 2002;45(11):2338-41. doi: 10.1021/jm0105326. PubMed PMID: 12014972.
32. Buxton TB, Walsh DS, Harvey SB, McPherson JC, Hartmann JF, Plowman KM. Bisphosphonate-ciprofloxacin bound to Skelite (TM) is a prototype for enhancing experimental local antibiotic delivery to injured bone. British Journal of Surgery. 2004;91 (9):1192-6. doi: 10.1002/bjs.4644. PubMed PMID: 15449273.
33. Tanaka KSE, Houghton TJ, Kang T, Dietrich E, Delorme D, Ferreira SS, Caron L, Viens F, Arhin FF, Sarmiento I, Lehoux D, Fadhil I, Laquerre K, Liu J, Ostiguy V, Poirier H, Moeck G, Parr TR, Far AR. Bisphosphonated fluoroquinolone esters as osteotropic prodrugs for the prevention of osteomyelitis. Bioorg Med Chem. 2008;16(20):9217-29. doi: 10.1016/j.bmc.2008.09.010. PubMed PMID: 18815051.
34. Houghton TJ, Tanaka KSE, Kang T, Dietrich E, Lafontaine Y, Delorme D, Ferreira SS, Viens F, Arhin FF, Sarmiento I, Lehoux D, Fadhil I, Laquerre K, Liu J, Ostiguy V, Poirier H, Moeck G, Parr TR, Far AR. Linking Bisphosphonates to the Free Amino Groups in Fluoroquinolones: Preparation of Osteotropic Prodrugs for the Prevention of Osteomyelitis. J Med Chem. 2008;51(21):6955-69. doi: 10.1021/jm801007z. PubMed PMID: 18834106.
35. Tanaka KSE, Dietrich E, Ciblat S, Metayer C, Arhin FF, Sarmiento I, Moeck G, Parr TR, Far AR. Synthesis and in vitro evaluation of bisphosphonated glycopeptide prodrugs for the treatment of osteomyelitis. Bioorg Med Chem Lett. 2010;20(4): 1355-9. doi: 10.1016/j.bmcl.2010.01.006. PubMed PMID: 20097069.
36. Arns S, Gibe R, Moreau A, Morshed MM, Young RN. Design and synthesis of novel bone-targeting dual-action pro-drugs for the treatment and reversal of osteoporosis. Bioorganic & Medicinal Chemistry. 2012;20(6):2131-40. doi: 10.1016/j.bmc.2012.01.024. PubMed PMID: 22341574.
37. Liu CC, Hu S, Chen G, Georgiou J, Arns S, Kumar NS, Young RN, Grynpas MD. Novel EP4 Receptor Agonist-Bisphosphonate Conjugate Drug (C1) Promotes Bone Formation and Improves Vertebral Mechanical Properties in the Ovariectomized Rat Model of Postmenopausal Bone Loss. J Bone Miner Res. 2015;30(4):670-80. doi: 10.1002/jbmr.2382. PubMed PMID: 25284325.
38. Morioka M, Kamizono A, Takikawa H, Mori A, Ueno H, Kadowaki SI, Nakao Y, Kato K, Umezawa K. Design, synthesis, and biological evaluation of novel estradiol- bisphosphonate conjugates as bone-specific estrogens. Bioorg Med Chem. 2010;18(3):1143-8. doi: 10.1016/j.bmc.2009.12.041. PubMed PMID: 20071185
39. Katsarelis H, Shah NP, Dhariwal DK, Pazianas M. Infection and Medication-related Osteonecrosis of the Jaw. J Dent Res. 2015;94(4):534-9. doi: 10.1177/0022034515572021. PubMed PMID: 25710950.
40. Lee SH, Chan RC, Chang SS, Tan YL, Chang KH, Lee MC, Chang HE, Lee CC. Use of bisphosphonates and the risk of osteonecrosis among cancer patients: a systemic review and meta-analysis of the observational studies. Support Care Cancer. 2014;22(2):553-60. doi: 10.1007/S00520-013-2017-y. PubMed PMID: 24203085.
41. Moura LA, Ribeiro FV, Aiello TB, Duek EAD, Sallum EA, Nociti FH, Casati MZ, Sallum AW. Characterization of the release profile of doxycycline by PLGA microspheres adjunct to non-surgical periodontal therapy. J Biomater Sci Polym Ed 2015;26(10):573-84. doi: 10.1080/09205063.2015.1045249. PubMed PMID: 25917501
42. https://www.aovtrack.us/conaress/bills/114/hr34/text
43. EUCAST breakpoint tables for interpretation of MICs and zone diameters. 2015. http://www.eucast.org/
44. McPherson JC, Runner R, Buxton TB, Hartmann JF, Farcasiu D, Bereczki I, Roth E, Tollas S, Ostorhazi E, Rozgonyi F, Herczegh P. Synthesis of osteotropic hydroxybisphosphonate derivatives of fluoroquinolone antibacterials. Eur J Med Chem. 2012;47:615-8. doi: 10.1016/j.ejmech.2011.10.049. PubMed PMID: 22093760.
45. Freire MO, Sedghizadeh PP, Schaudinn C, Gorur A, Downey JS, Choi JH, Chen W, Kook JK, Chen C, Goodman SD, Zadeh HH. Development of an Animal Model for Aggregatibacter Actinomycetemcomitans Biofilm-Mediated Oral Osteolytic Infection: A Preliminary Study. J Periodontol. 2011 ;82(5):778-89. doi: 10.1902/jop.2010.100263. PubMed PMID: 21222546.
46. Vacondio F, Silva C, Lodola A, Fioni A, Rivara S, Duranti A, Tontini A, Sanchini S, Clapper JR, Piomelli D, Mor M, Tarzia G. Structure-property relationships of a class of carbamate- based fatty acid amide hydrolase (FAAH) inhibitors: chemical and biological stability. ChemMedChem. 2009;4(9): 1495-504. doi: 10.1002/cmdc.200900120. PubMed PMID: 19554599; PubMed Central PMCID: PMCPMC3517974.
47. Lloyd-Jones GC, Moseley JD, Renny JS. Mechanism and application of the Newman-Kwart O -> S rearrangement of O-aryl thiocarbamates. Synthesis-Stuttgart. 2008(5):661-89. doi: 10.1055/S-2008- 1032179.
48. Moseley JD, Sankey RF, Tang ON, Gilday JP. The Newman-Kwart rearrangement re-evaluated by microwave synthesis. Tetrahedron. 2006;62(19):4685-9. doi: 10.1016/j .tet.2005.12.063.
49. Ebetino FH, Hogan AM, Sun S, Tsoumpra MK, Duan X, Triffitt JT, Kwaasi AA, Dunford JE, Barnett BL, Oppermann U, Lundy MW, Boyde A, Kashemirov BA, McKenna CE, Russell RG. The relationship between the chemistry and biological activity of the bisphosphonates. Bone. 201 1 ;49(1):20-33. doi: 10.1016/j.bone.2011.03.774. PubMed PMID: 21497677.
50. Vachal P, Hale JJ, Lu Z, Streckfuss EC, Mills SG, MacCoss M, Yin DH, Algayer K, Manser K, Kesisoglou F, Ghosh S, Alani LL. Synthesis and study of alendronate derivatives as potential prodrugs of alendronate sodium for the treatment of low bone density and osteoporosis. J Med Chem. 2006;49(11):3060-3. doi: 10.1021/jm060398v. PubMed PMID: 16722624.
51. Lopez-Piriz R, Sola-Linares E, Rodriguez- Portugal M, Malpica B, Diaz-Gumes I, Enciso S, Esteban-Tejeda L, Cabal B, Granizo JJ, Moya JS, Torrecillas R. Evaluation in a Dog Model of Three Antimicrobial Glassy Coatings: Prevention of Bone Loss around Implants and Microbial Assessments. Plos One. 2015; 10(10). doi: 10.1371/journal. pone.0140374. PubMed PMID: 26489088; PubMed Central PMCID: PMC4619200
52. Orti V, Bousquet P, Tramini P, Gaitan C, Mertens B, Cuisinier F. Benefits of mineralized bone cortical allograft for immediate implant placement in extraction sites: an in vivo study in dogs. J Periodontal Implant Sci. 2016;46(5):291-302. doi: 10.5051/jpis.2016.46.5.291. PubMed PMID: 27800212; PubMed Central PMCID: PMC5083813.
53. Reizner W, Hunter JG, O'Malley NT, Southgate RD, Schwarz EM, Kates SL. A systematic review of animal models for Staphylococcus aureus osteomyelitis. European Cells & Materials. 2014;27:196-212. PubMed PMID: 24668594; PubMed Central PMCID: PMC4322679.
54. Wancket LM. Animal Models for Evaluation of Bone Implants and Devices: Comparative Bone Structure and Common Model Uses. Vet Pathol 2015;52(5):842-50. doi: 10.1177/0300985815593124. PubMed PMID: 26163303.
55. Saber MH, Schwarzberg K, Alonaizan FA, Kelley ST, Sedghizadeh PP, Furlan M, Levy TA, Simon JH, Slots J. Bacterial Flora of Dental Periradicular Lesions Analyzed by the 454- Pyrosequencing Technology. J Endod. 2012;38(11):1484-8. doi: 10.1016/j.joen.2012.06.037. PubMed PMID: 23063222.
56. Caporaso JG, Kuczynski J, Stombaugh J, Bittinger K, Bushman FD, Costello EK, Fierer N, Pena AG, Goodrich JK, Gordon Jl, Huttley GA, Kelley ST, Knights D, Koenig JE, Ley RE, Lozupone CA, McDonald D, Muegge BD, Pirrung M, Reeder J, Sevinsky JR, Tumbaugh PJ, Walters WA, Widmann J, Yatsunenko T, Zaneveld J, Knight R. QIIME allows analysis of high- throughput community sequencing data. Nature Methods. 2010;7(5):335-6. doi: 10.1038/nmeth.f.303. PubMed PMID: 20383131.
57. Battula S, Lee JW, Wen HB, Papanicolaou S, Collins M, Romanos GE. Evaluation of Different Implant Designs in a Ligature-Induced Peri-implantitis Model: A Canine Study. International Journal of Oral & Maxillofacial Implants. 2015;30(3):534-45. doi: 10.11607/jomi.3737. PubMed PMID: 26009904.
58. Faul F, Erdfelder E, Buchner A, Lang AG. Statistical power analyses using G*Power 3.1 : Tests for correlation and regression analyses. Behav Res Methods. 2009;41 (4):1149-60. doi: 10.3758/brm.41.4.1149. PubMed PMID: 19897823.
59. Kilkenny C, Browne W, Cuthill IC, Emerson M, Altman DG. Animal research: Reporting in vivo experiments: The ARRIVE guidelines. Br J Pharmacol. 2010; 160(7):1577-9. doi: 10.1111/j.1476-5381.2010.00872.x. PubMed PMID: 20649561 ; PubMed Central PMCID: PMC2936830.
60. Salvi GE, Lang NP. Diagnostic parameters for monitoring peri-implant conditions. Int J Oral Maxillofac Implants. 2004;19:116-27. PubMed PMID: 15635952.
61.
http://www.fda.gov/downloads/Drugs/GuidanceComplianceRegulatorylnformation/Guida nces/UCM072193.pdf
62. Jaehde U, Zurcher J, Sorgel F, Naber K, Schunack W. Metabolism of Ciprofloxacin in Humans following Oral and Intravenous Administration. Reviews of Infectious Diseases. 1989;11 :S1135.
63. Vancebryan K, Guay DRP, Rotschafer JC. Clinical pharmacokinetics of ciprofloxacin. Clin Pharmacokinet 1990; 19(6):434-61. PubMed PMID: 2292168.
64. Baumans V, Brain PF, Brugere H, Clausing P, Jeneskog T, Perretta G. Pain and distress in laboratory rodents and lagomorphs. Report of the Federation of European Laboratory Animal Science Associations (FELASA) Working Group on Pain and Distress accepted by the FELASA Board of Management November 1992. Laboratory Animals. 1994;28(2):97-112. doi: 10.1258/002367794780745308. PubMed PMID: 8035572. 65. Sedghizadeh PP, Jones AC, LaVallee C, Jelliffe RW, Le AD, Lee P, Kiss A, Neely M. Population pharmacokinetic and pharmacodynamic modeling for assessing risk of bisphosphonate-related osteonecrosis of the jaw. Oral Surg Oral Med Oral Pathol Oral Radiol 2013;115(2):224-32. doi: 10.1016/j.oooo.2012.08.455. PubMed PMID: 23246224; PubMed Central PMCID: PMC3545087.
66. O'Donnell JN, Gulati A, Lavhale MS, Sharma SS, Patel AJ, Rhodes NJ, Scheetz MH. Pharmacokinetics of centhaquin citrate in a rat model. J Pharm Pharmacol. 2016;68(1):56- 62. doi: 10.1111/jphp.12498. PubMed PMID: 26725913.
67. Neely MN, van Guilder MG, Yamada WM, Schumitzky A, Jelliffe RW. Accurate Detection of Outliers and Subpopulations With Pmetrics, a Nonparametric and Parametric Pharmacometric Modeling and Simulation Package for R. Ther Drug Monit. 2012;34(4):467-76. doi: 10.1097/FTD.0b013e31825c4ba6. PubMed PMID: 22722776 PubMed Central PMCID: PMC3394880
68. Tatarinova T, Neely M, Bartroff J, van Guilder M, Yamada W, Bayard D, Jelliffe R, Leary R, Chubatiuk A, Schumitzky A. Two general methods for population pharmacokinetic modeling: non-parametric adaptive grid and non-parametric Bayesian. J Pharmacokinet Pharmacodyn. 2013;40(2): 189-99. doi: 10.1007/s10928-013-9302-8. PubMed PMID: 23404393; PubMed Central PMCID: PMC3630269.
69. Wacha H, Wagner D, Schafer V, Knothe H. Concentration of ciprofloxacin in bone tissue after single parenteral administration to patients older than 70 years. Infection. 1990; 18(3): 173-6. PubMed PMID: 2365470.
Example 5:
This Example demonstrates various BP conjugate compounds and synthesis schemes. BP-carbamate-moxifloxacin BP conjugate and synthesis scheme is demonstrated in Fig. 8. Fig. 9 shows a BP-carbamate-gatifloxacin BP conjugate and synthesis scheme. Fig. 10 shows a BP- p-Hydroxyphenyl Acetic Acid-ciprofloxacin BP conjugate and synthesis scheme. Fig. 11 shows a BP-OH-ciprofloxacin BP conjugate and synthesis scheme. Fig. 12 shows a BP-O-Thiocarbamate- ciprofloxacin BP conjugate and synthesis scheme. Fig. 13 shows a BP-S-Thiocarbamate- ciprofloxacin BP conjugate and synthesis scheme. Fig. 14 shows a BP-Resorcinol-ciprofloxacin BP conjugate and synthesis scheme. Fig. 15 shows a BP-Hydroquinone-ciprofloxacin BP conjugate and synthesis scheme.
Fig. 16 shows one embodiment of a genus structure for a BP-fluoroquinolone conjugate, where W can be O or S or N, X can be O, S, N, CH20, CH2N, or CH2S, Y can be H, CH3, N02, F, Cl, Br, I, or C02H, Z can be H, CH3, OH, NH2, SH, F, Cl, Br, or I, and n can be 1-5. Fig. 17 shows various BP-fluoroquinolone conjugates.
Fig. 18 shows one embodiment of a genus structure for a genus of a phosphonate containing an aryl group, where X can be H, CH3, OH, NH2, SH, F, Cl, Br, or I, Y can be P03H2, or C02H. Z can be OH, NH2, SH, or N3, and n can be 1 or 2. Fig. 19 shows various BPs, where X can be F, Cl, Br, or I and n can be 1 or 2.
Fig. 20 shows various BP’s with terminal primary amines. Fig. 21 shows various BPs coupled to a linker containing a terminal hydroxyl and amine functional groups where R can be Risedronate, Zoledronate, Minodronate, Pamidronate, or Alendronate. Fig. 22 shows various BP- pamidronate-ciprofloxacin conjuagtes. Fig. 23 shows various BP-Alendronate-ciprofloxacin conjuagtes.
Example 6.
1. Dimethyl acetylphosphonate (37)
O
C2H3CIO c3H9o3p c4H9o4p
78.49 g/mol 124.07 g/mol 152.08 g/mol
(37)
Trimethyl phosphite (2.36 ml_, 20 mmol) was added to ice-cold acetyl chloride (1.44 ml_, 20.2 mmol) under N2 over a period of 20 mins. The colorless solution was warmed to room temperature, stirred for 30 mins, and concentrated under vacuum to afford 2.89 g (94%) product as colorless oil which was used in next reaction as is. 1HNMR (300 MHz, CDCI3): d 3.84 (d, J = 12 Hz, 6H), 2.46 (d, J = 5.4 Hz, 3H). 31PNMR (121 MHz, CDCIs): d -1.10.
2. Tetramethyl(1-hydroxyethylidene)-bisphosphonate (38)
C2H7O3P CSH19N C4H9O4P
110.04 g/mol 129.24 g/mol 152.08 g/mol 262.13 g/mol (37) (38)
Dimethyl acetylphosphate (37) (2.2 g, 14. 44 mmol) was added dropwisely to an ice-cold solution of dimethyl phosphite (1.63 ml_, 15.91 mmol) and dibutylamine (0.767 ml_, 1.44 mmol) in dry ether (30 ml_) under N2. The ice bath was removed, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 3h. The resulting precipitate was filtered, washed with ether, and dried under vacuum overnight to afford 3.24 g (85%) of product as white solid. 1HNMR (300 MHz, CDC ): d 3.94 - 3.82 (m, 12H), 3.44 (t, J = 8.4 Hz, 1 H), 1.68 (t, J = 16.2 Hz, 3H). 31PNMR (121 MHz, CDCb): 6 22.21. MS-ESI: 263.1 [M+H]+.
3. Tetramethyl (1-{[(4-nitrophenoxy)carbonyl]oxy}ethane-1 ,1-diyl)bis(phosphonate) (39)
C7H10N2 C7H4CINO4
262.13 g/mol 122.16 g/mol 201.56 g/mol 427.23 g/mol
(39) p-nitrophenyl chloroformate (768 mg, 3.81 mmol) was added to an ice-cold solution of DMAP (466 mg, 3.81 mmol) in DCM (20 ml.) under N2. After stirring for 10 mins, the tetramethyl(1- hydroxyethylidene)-bisphosphonate (1 g, 3.81 mmol) was added in one portion. The ice-bath was removed, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 3h. Next, the reaction mixture was extracted with 20 mL each of cold aqueous 0.1 N HCI (2x), water, brine, dried over MgS04, and concentrated. The crude mixture was separated by column chromatography using EtOAc/MeOH (1-3%) to afford 1.16g (71 %) light-yellow oil. 1HNMR (300 MHz, CDCI3): d 8.27 (d, J = 9 Hz, 2H), 7.40 (d, J = 9 Hz, 2H), 3.97 - 3.87 (m, 12H), 2.02 (t, J = 15.6 Hz, 3H). 31 PNMR (121 MHz, CDC ): d 17.98. MS-ESI: 445.3 [M+NH4]+.
4: Ciprofloxacin carbamoyl etidronate tetramethyl ester (40)
To a solution of NaHCCh (239.5 mg, 2.85 mmol) in H2O (20 mL) was added ciprofloxacin (899.6 mg, 2.71 mmol) and the suspension was cooled in ice-bath. Next, the tetramethyl (1-{[(4- nitrophenoxy)carbonyl]oxy}ethane-1 , 1-diyl)bis(phosphonate) dissolved in THF (20 mL) was added dropwisely over a period of 20 mins. The yellow suspension was stirred overnight (14 h) at room temperature. The reaction mixture was concentrated, and the crude mixture was separated by column chromatography using DCM/MeOH (1-5%) to provide 832 mg (49%) of light- yellow solid. 1HNMR (300 MHz, CDCIs): d 8.77 (s, 1 H), 8.03 (d, J = 12.6 Hz, 1 H), 7.36 (d, J = 6.9 Hz, 1 H) 3.98 - 3.80 (m, 12H), 3.79 - 3.68 (br s, 4H), 3.58 - 3.50 (m, 1 H), 3.30 (t, J = 9.6 Hz, 4H), 1.95 (t, J = 15.6 Hz, 3H), 1.40 (q, J = 6.8 Hz, 2H), 1.23 - 1.16 (m, 2H). 31PNMR (121 MHz, CDCI3): d 20.19. MS-ESI: 620.3 [M+H]+.
5. Etidronate-carbamate-Ciprofloxacin (41)
A mixture of tetramethyl etidronate-carbamate-ciprofloxacin (775 mg, 1.25 mmol) and bromotrimethylsilane (1.53 g, 10 mmol) in ACN (28 ml.) was stirred for 2 h. The volatiles were evaporated under vacuum and MeOH (28 ml.) was added to the residue. After stirring for 30mins the resulting suspension was filtered, washed with MeOH (10 mL x 2), and dried under vacuum overnight to afford 662 mg (93%) off-white solid. 1H NMR (300 MHz, 20% CD3CN in DMSO-d6) d 8.66 (s, 1 H), 7.92 (d, J = 13.2 Hz, 1 H), 7.57 (d, J = 7.4 Hz, 1 H), 3.78 (p, J = 3.1 Hz, 1 H), 3.64 (br d, J = 32.1 Hz, 4H), 3.32 (br s, 4H), 1.82 (t, J = 15.1 Hz, 3H), 1.32 (d, J = 6.5 Hz, 2H), 1.16 (s, 2H). 31PNMR (121 MHz, 20% CD3CN in DMSO-d6): d 15.57. MS-ESI: 564.2 [M+H]+.
6. Moxifloxacin carbamoyl etidronate tetramethyl ester (42)
Moxifloxacin HCI was added to a solution of Na2C03 in H20 (20 ml.) and the solution was cooled in ice bath. Next, the tetramethyl (1-{[(4-nitrophenoxy)carbonyl]oxy}ethane-1 ,1- diyl)bis(phosphonate) dissolved in THF (20 ml. ) was added dropwisely over 30 min. The ice bath was removed, the flask was covered with aluminum foil, and the reaction was stirred for 20 h at room temperature. Next, the reaction mixture was concentrated, and the crude purified by column chromatography using DCM/MeOH (1-5%) to afford 624 mg (29%) of product as off-white foam. 1H NMR (300 MHz, Chloroform-d) d 8.78 (s, 1 H), 7.81 (d, J = 13.8 Hz, 1 H), 4.82 (br s, 1 H), 4.16 - 4.04 (m, 2H), 4.02 - 3.92 (m, 2H), 3.92 - 3.80 (m, 12H), 3.56 (s, 3H), 3.48 (t, J = 10.5 Hz, 1 H), 3.24 (d, J = 10.5 Hz, 1 H), 3.00 ( br s, 1 H), 2.40 - 2.24 (m, 1 H), 1.94 (t, J = 15.9 Hz, 3H), 1.87 - 1.74 (m, 2H), 1.60 - 1.44 (m, 2H), 1.35 - 1.21 (m, 1 H), 1.17 - 1.01 (m, 2H), 0.88 - 0.75 (m, 1 H).
31PNMR (121 MHz, CDCI3): d 20.36. MS-ESI: 690.4 [M+H]+
7. Etidronate-carbamate-Moxifloxacin (43)
(43)
A mixture of tetramethyl etidronate-carbamate-moxifloxacin tetramethyl ester (764 mg, 1.10 mmol) and bromotrimethylsilane (1.35 g, 8.86 mmol) in ACN (25 mL) was stirred for 2h. The volatiles were evaporated under vacuum and MeOH (25 mL) was added to the residue. After stirring for 30 mins, the solvent was evaporated, and the residue was triturated with minimum volume of DCM for 30mins. The solid was filtered, and dried under high vacuum to afford 757 mg of product (quantitative yield). 1H NMR (300 MHz, Methanol-d4) d 8.98 (s, 1 H), 7.79 (d, J = 14.5 Hz, 1 H), 4.39 - 4.25 (m, 1 H), 4.24 - 4.07 (m, 2H), 4.01 (t, J = 10.3 Hz, 1 H), 3.65 (s, 3H), 3.61 - 3.51 (m, 2H), 3.41 (d, J = 10.7 Hz, 1 H), 3.04 (br s, 1 H), 2.43 - 2.27 (m, 1 H), 1.90 (t, J = 15.2 Hz, 3H), 1.83 - 1.71 (m, 2H), 1.55 (q, J = 10.8 Hz, 2H), 1.43 - 1.32 (m, 1 H), 1.30 - 1.18 (m, 1 H), 1.17
- 1.03 (m, 1 H), 1.01 - 0.83 (m, 1 H). 31PNMR (121 MHz, Methanol-d4): d 16.60. MS-ESI: 634.2 [M+H]+.
Example 7.
The following is a general structure of BP-quinolone as can be described in one or more aspects herein. quinolone
conjugates between alpha-X containing BP and quinolone
X= O, NH, NR1, S
R1 can be alkyl or substituted alkyl, aryl or subsituted aryl groups wherein R can be H, substituted and unsubstituted alkyl, alkyl amino, alkyl-aryl, aryl, alkylheteroaryl, or heteroaryl. Example 8.
The following are non-limiting examples of BP-quinolone conjugates as described in one or more aspects herein.
Eti-Alatrofloxacin-1 Eti-Amifloxacin
Eti-Alatrofloxacin-2 Eti-Balofloxacin
OH
°
Eti-Clinafloxacin-2 Eti-Delafloxacin-1
Eti-Enoxacin
Ei D l fl i 2
Eti-Lomefloxacin Eti-Moxifloxacin
Eti-Nemonoxacin Eti-Nadifloxacin
Eti-Norfloxacin Eti-Orbifloxacin
Eti-Pazufloxacin Eti-Pradofloxacin
Eti-Sparfloxacin-1 Eti-Sparfloxacin-2
Eti-Temafloxacin
MHDP-Alatrofloxacin-1 MHDP-Amifloxacin MHDP-Alatrofloxacin-2 - ao oxacn OH
- pro oxacn
MHDP-Clinafloxacin-2 MHDP-Delafloxacin-1
MHDP-Enoxacin
MHDP-Delafloxacin-2
MHDP-Lomefloxacin MHDP-Moxifloxacin
MHDP-Norfloxacin MHDP-Orbif loxacin
HDP-Pazufloxacin MHDP-Pradofloxacin - ara oxacn
RIS-Ciprofloxacin RIS- oxifloxacin ZOL-Ciprofloxacin ZOL-Moxifloxacin
MHDP-Ciprofloxacin-V2 MHDP-Moxifloxacin-V2 RIS-Ciprofloxacin-V2 RIS-Moxifloxacin-V2
ZOL-Ciprofloxacin-V2 ZOL-Moxifloxacin-V2
MIN-Ciprofloxacin-V2 MIN-Moxifloxacin-V2 PAM-Ciprofloxacin-V2 PAM-Moxifloxacin-V2
ALN-Ciprofloxacin-V2 ALN-Moxifloxacin-V2
RIS-Nemonoxacin RIS-Sitafloxacin
ZOL-Nemonoxacin ZOL-Sitafloxacin
ALN-Nemonoxacin ALN-Sitafloxacin
Eti-Nemonoxacin-V2 Eti-Sitafloxacin-V2
MHDP-Nemonoxacin-V2 MHDP-Sitafloxacin-V2
RIS-Nemonoxacin-V2 RIS-Sitafloxacin-V2
ZOL-Nemonoxacin-V2 ZOL-Sitafloxacin-V2
MIN-Nemonoxacin-V2 MIN-Sitafloxacin-V2
PAM-Nemonoxacin-V2 PAM-Sitafloxacin-V2
ALN-Nemonoxacin-V2 ALN-Sitafloxacin-V2
Example 9:
To exploit BP affinity for bone, a“target and release” chemistry approach was investigated involving delivery of antibiotics to bone or hydroxyapatite (HA) via BP conjugates. Serum-stable drug-BP linkers were utilized that metabolize and release the parent antibiotic at the bone surface. Designed, synthesized, and tested were novel quinolone antibiotic etidronate-ciprofloxacin (ECC) conjugate, BV81022, and etidronate-moxifloxacin (ECX) conjugate, BV81051 , for activity against S. aureus biofilms which are causative in the majority of osteomyelitis cases.
Problems for public health like osteomyelitis caused by bacterial biofilms have emphasized the lack of information about biofilm development. Several methods are available to study biofilms in vitro or ex vivo, including quantification of sessile bacteria after detachment from the surface by scraping, vortexing or sonication, and observations by microscopy techniques to monitor biofilm progression. However, these applications are limited by high labor intensity, intrusive sampling and/or long time lags from sampling to obtaining a result.1 Hence, improved biofilm-monitoring assays are essential for biofilm behavior research and biomedical applications. Therefore, sensitive, accurate, reproducible and fast methods are desirable for real-time monitoring of biofilms. In this regard, promising advances in impedance technology based on the ability of cells to impede an electrical current when adhered to MTP with gold electrodes have been developed in recent years.
In the present study, electrode impedance measurements were applied to test the therapeutic efficacy and effect on biofilm formation and growth of our novel ECC and ECX conjugates in comparison to ciprofloxacin and moxifloxacin against S. aureus. Real-time measurements are able to detect whether these biofilms are unaffected, inhibited, or induced during antimicrobial therapy. 2
Microbiolgy: For experimental purposes, a robust biofilm forming and well-studied S. aureus strain ATCC 6538 was used. The following parent antibiotics were tested: ciprofloxacin (C), moxifloxacin (X); the following experimental conjugates were tested: etidronate-ciprofloxacin (ECC) and etidronate-moxifloxacin (ECX). Real-time biofilm assays were performed with an xCELLigence RTCA SP instrument according to the manufacturer’s instructions.4 For monitoring biofilm formation and RTCA sensitivity assays, 80 pi of TSBYE was added to each well of non- reusable 16X microtiter E-plates (ACEA Biosciences) for the impedance background measurement using the standard protocol provided by the software. 1 pi of bacteria suspension in a total of 120 mI of TSBYE was then added to the 16 E-plate wells. Each sample was run in duplicate. E-plates were positioned in the xCELLigence Real-Time Cell Analyzer MP, incubated at 37°C and monitored on the RTCA system at 15-min time intervals for 24 h. Cell-sensor impedance was expressed as a unit called cell index (Cl) according to the manufacturer’s instructions. The Cl at each time point is defined as (ZnZb)/15, where Zn is the cell-electrode impedance of the well when it contains cells and Zb is the background impedance with growth media alone. Standard deviations of duplicates or triplicates of wells were analyzed with the RTCA Software
Affinity of antibiotics to HA. 1 pg/mL of each compound was added to a solution containing 10 pg/mL of HA powder and incubated for 4h/37°C under magnetic stirring. Next, HA powder was allowed to sediment for 1 h/4°C. After this time, the content of antibiotic in the supernatant was assessed using HPLC (Shimadzu Prominence). To evaluate quantity of conjugates bound to HA, we used methodology described in more detail in our previous work.3 Affinity of compounds to HA powder was estimated as follows: 100% - peak area of tested compound detected / peak area of control sample *100%.
Infection preventative experiment. 80-mI of TSBYE was added to each well to measure background impedance. 1 pi of bacteria suspension in a total of 120 pi of TSBYE containing a variety of concentrations toward antibiotics was then added to the 16 E-plate wells. Two replicates of each antibiotic concentration and negative controls without antibiotic were also included. Cells were monitored for 24 h and analysis was done to calculate MICso values.
Infection preventative experiment with HA. Different concentrations of each compound were added to a solution containing 10 pg/mL of HA powder and incubated for 2h/37°C under magnetic stirring. Then 80-mI of TSBYE was added to each well to measure background impedance. 1 mI of bacteria suspension in a total of 120 mI of TSBYE containing a gradient of concentrations toward antibiotics plus HA was then added to the 16 E-plate wells. Two replicates of each antibiotic concentration and negative controls without antibiotic were also included. Cells were monitored for 24 hrs and analysis was performed to calculate M ICso values.
Results: HPLC results evaluating the binding affinity of tested compounds to HA indicate that the conjugates had high binding affinity and retention to HA in comparison to the unconjugated antibiotics. Electrode impedance measurements were applied to test the therapeutic efficacy and effect on biofilm formation and growth of the novel ECC and ECX conjugates in comparison to ciprofloxacin and moxifloxacin against S. aureus. Real-time measurements were able to detect whether these biofilms are unaffected, inhibited, or induced during antimicrobial therapy (see, Figs. 26, 28, 30, 32).
In the infection preventative experiment using real time monitoring MICso has been calculated for each conjugate and parent antibiotic as shown in FIGs. 27 and 29. The S. aureus MICso for ciprofloxacin, moxifloxacin, ECC, and ECX are: 0.09, 0.11 , 4.88, and 5.10 pg/ml respectively.
In the infection preventative experiment in the presence of HA using real time monitoring MICso has been calculated for each conjugate and parent antibiotic as shown in FIGs 31 and 33. The S. aureus MICso for ciprofloxacin, moxifloxacin, ECC, and ECX are: 0.24, 0.09, 9.60, and 28 pg/ml respectively. Conclusion: Thus, by using impedance measurements in microtiter plates with gold electrodes the antibiotic effect on S. aureus bacterial biofilm growth were assessed in real time. Real-time biofilm analysis allowed detection of decreases or increases in microbial mass over time during antimicrobial therapy, which can be used to evaluate antibiotic susceptibility and efficacy in biofilm-mediated infections clinically. The novel etidronate- fluoroquinolone conjugates designed and tested in this study (ECC, ECX) retained the bone binding properties of the parent BP drug, and also the antimicrobial activity of the parent antibiotic in the presence or absence of HA albeit at lower levels due to the nature of the chemical modification and possible partial cleavage at the tested conditions. This class of conjugates using BP drugs as biochemical vectors for the delivery of antibiotic agents to bone (where osteomyelitis biofilm pathogens reside) represents an advantageous approach to the treatment of osteomyelitis by providing improved bone pharmacokinetics while minimizing systemic exposure (toxicity) of these drugs.
References for Example 9:
1) Coenye T, Nelis H.J. In vitro and in vivo model systems to study microbial biofilm formation. J Microbiol Methods 2010; 83, 89-105.
2) Saginur R, Stdenis M, Ferris W, Aaron, S.D, Chan F, Lee C, Ramotar K. Multiple combination bactericidal testing of staphylococcal biofilms from implant-associated infections. Antimicrob Agents Che mother 2006; 50, 55-61.
3) Sedghizadeh PP and Ebetino FH et al. Design, synthesis, and antimicrobial evaluation of a novel bone-targeting bisphosphonate-ciprofloxacin conjugate for the treatment of osteomyelitis biofilms. J Med Chem 2017; 60, 2326-43.
4) Atienza J.M, Zhu J, Wang X, Xu X, Abassi Y. Dynamic monitoring of cell adhesion and spreading on microelectronic sensor arrays. J Biomol Screen 2005; 10, 795-805.

Claims

We claim:
1. A compound comprising a bisphosphonate (BP) and a quinolone, wherein the BP has an alpha substituent and the alpha substituent is a hydroxy, amino or thiol group and wherein the quinolone is directly or indirectly conjugated to the BP at the germinal carbon alpha substituent (X) of the BP of the following formula
quinolone
conjugates between alpha-X containing BP and quinolone
X= O, NH, NR1, S
R1 can be alkyl or substituted alkyl, aryl or subsituted aryl groups wherein R can be H, substituted and unsubstituted alkyl, alkyl amino, alkyl-aryl, aryl, alkylheteroaryl, or heteroaryl.
2. The compound of claim 1 , wherein the BP is an alpha-OH containing BP and wherein the quinolone is directly or indirectly conjugated to the BP at the geminal OH of the BP.
3. The compound of claim 1 or 2, wherein the quinolone is a fluoroquinolone.
4. The compound of any one of claim 1 or 2, wherein the quinolone is selected from the group consisting of alatrofloxacin, amifloxacin, balofloxacin, besifloxacin, cadazolid, ciprofloxacin, clinafloxacin, danofloxacin, delafloxacin, difloxacin, enoxacin, enrofloxacin, finafloxacin, flerofloxacin, flumequine, gatifloxacin, gemifloxacin, grepafloxacin, ibafloxacin, JNJ- Q2, levofloxacin, lomefloxacin, marbofloxacin, moxifloxacin, nadifloxacin, norfloxacin, ofloxacin, orbifloxacin, pazufloxacin, pefloxacin, pradofloxacin, prulifloxacin, rufloxacin, sarafloxacin, sitafloxacin, sparfloxacin, temafloxacin, tosufloxacin, trvafloxacin, zabofloxacin, nemonoxacin and combinations thereof.
5. The compound of claim 1 or 2, according to Formula (41), Formula (43), Formula (44) or Formula (45)
Formula (44), or
Formula (45).
6. The compound of claim 1 , according to the following formula
Quinolone conjugates between alpha-OH containing BP and quinolone
R =
methylene hydroxyl
Etidronate bisphosphonic acid (MHDP) Pannidronate Alendronate
Risedronate Zoledronate Minodronate
7. The compound of claim 1 , wherein the quinolone or the BP quinolone compound is comprised of a quinolone antibiotic analog or substituent according to Formula (A),
Formula (A) wherein R1 can be either
nker or
and wherein R3 can be either H or OCH3, and where R4 can be H, and wherein R5 can be H or F.
8. The compound of claim 1 , wherein the bisphosphonate is selected from the group consisting of: etidronate, methylenehydroxybisphosphonate (MHBP), risedronate, zoledronate, minodronate, neridronate, pamidronate, alendronate, modified or unmodified, and combinations thereof.
9. The compound of claim 7 or claim 8, wherein the quinolone compound is a fluoroquinolone.
10. The compound of claim 7 or claim 8, wherein the quinolone compound is selected from the group consisting of: alatrofloxacin, amifloxacin, balofloxacin, besifloxacin, cadazolid, ciprofloxacin, clinafloxacin, danofloxacin, delafloxacin, difloxacin, enoxacin, enrofloxacin, finafloxacin, flerofloxacin, flumequine, gatifloxacin, gemifloxacin, grepafloxacin, ibafloxacin, JNJ- Q2, levofloxacin, lomefloxacin, marbofloxacin, moxifloxacin, nadifloxacin, norfloxacin, ofloxacin, orbifloxacin, pazufloxacin, pefloxacin, pradofloxacin, prulifloxacin, rufloxacin, sarafloxacin, sitafloxacin, sparfloxacin, temafloxacin, tosufloxacin, trvafloxacin, zabofloxacin, nemonoxacin and combinations thereof.
11. The compound of claim 7 or claim 8, wherein the quinolone compound is ciprofloxacin, moxifloxacin, sitafloxacin or nemonoxacin.
12. The compound of any one of claims 7-11 , wherein the linker is a carbamate, a thiocarbamate, a hydrazine, or a carbonate or ester, or a urea.
13. The compound of any one of claims 7-11 , wherein the linker is a carbamate linker or ester linker.
14. The compound of any one of claims 7-11 , wherein the linker is an alkyl or an aryl carbamate linker.
15. The compound of any one of claims 7-11 , wherein the linker is an O-thioaryl or thioalkyl carbamate linker.
16. The compound of any one of claims 7-11 , wherein the linker is an S-thioaryl or thioalkyl carbamate linker.
17. The compound of any one of claims 7-11 , wherein the linker is a phenyl carbamate linker.
18. The compound of any one of claims 7-11 , wherein the linker is a thiocarbamate linker.
19. The compound of any one of claims 7-11 , wherein the linker is an O-th i oca rba mate linker.
20. The compound of any one of claims 7-11 , wherein the linker is an S-thiocarbamate linker.
21. A pharmaceutical formulation comprising:
an amount of a compound as set forth in any one of claims 1-20; and
a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
22. The pharmaceutical formulation of claim 21 , wherein the amount of the compound is an amount effective to kill or inhibit bacteria.
23. The pharmaceutical formulation of claim 21 , wherein the amount of the compound is an amount effective to treat or prevent bone diseases with abnormal bone resorption, osteoporosis, bone infections, osteomyelitis, osteonecrosis, peri-implantitis, and periodontitis.
25. A method of treating a bone infection in a subject in need thereof, the method comprising:
administering an amount of the compound of any one of claims 1-20 or a pharmaceutical formulation thereof to the subject in need thereof.
26. A method of treating osteomyelitis in a subject in need thereof, the method comprising:
administering an amount of a compound as in any one of claims 1-20 or a pharmaceutical formulation thereof to the subject in need thereof.
26. A method of treating peri-implantitis or periodontitis in a subject in need thereof, the method comprising administering an amount of a compound as in any one of claims 1-20 or a pharmaceutical formulation thereof to the subject in need thereof.
27. A method of treating diabetic foot in a subject in need thereof, the method comprising administering an amount of a compound as in any one of claims 1-20 or a pharmaceutical formulation thereof to the subject in need thereof.
28. A method comprising:
administering an amount of a compound as in any one of claims 1-20 or a pharmaceutical formulation thereof to a subject.
29. A bone graft composition comprising:
a bone graft material and a compound as in any one of claims 1-20 or a pharmaceutical formulation thereof, wherein the compound or pharmaceutical formulation is attached to, integrated with, chemisorbed to, or mixed with the bone graft material.
30. The bone graft composition of claim 29, wherein the bone graft material is autograft bone material, allograft bone material, xenograft bone material, a synthetic bone graft material, or any combination thereof.
31. A method comprising:
implanting the bone graft composition of any one of claims 29-30 into a subject in need thereof.
32. A method of preventing biofilm infection at an osseous or implant surgical site, or at a surgical site where bone grafting is performed, where the method comprises:
administering a compound as in any one of claims 1-20 or a pharmaceutical formulation thereof to a subject in need thereof.
33. A method of preventing biofilm infection at an osseous or implant surgical site, or at a surgical site where bone grafting is performed, where the method comprises:
implanting a bone graft composition as in any one of claims 29-30 to a subject in need thereof.
34. Use of the composition of any one of claims 1-20 for the manufacture of a pharmaceutical formulation for the treatment a bone infection in a subject in need thereof.
EP19835178.5A 2018-07-09 2019-07-09 Bisphosphonate quinolone conjugates and uses thereof Pending EP3820565A4 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US201862695583P 2018-07-09 2018-07-09
PCT/US2019/041063 WO2020014269A1 (en) 2018-07-09 2019-07-09 Bisphosphonate quinolone conjugates and uses thereof

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
EP3820565A1 true EP3820565A1 (en) 2021-05-19
EP3820565A4 EP3820565A4 (en) 2022-04-06

Family

ID=69142455

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
EP19835178.5A Pending EP3820565A4 (en) 2018-07-09 2019-07-09 Bisphosphonate quinolone conjugates and uses thereof

Country Status (5)

Country Link
EP (1) EP3820565A4 (en)
JP (1) JP7501960B2 (en)
CN (1) CN112672787A (en)
CA (1) CA3105829A1 (en)
WO (1) WO2020014269A1 (en)

Families Citing this family (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN112533612A (en) * 2018-06-26 2021-03-19 弗兰克·哈洛克·埃比蒂诺 Bone-targeting antimicrobial oxazolidinone-related compounds, formulations thereof, and uses thereof

Family Cites Families (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO1998015560A1 (en) 1996-10-09 1998-04-16 Elizanor Biopharmaceuticals, Inc. Diphosphonate therapeutic compounds
CN101300248A (en) * 2005-04-21 2008-11-05 塔甘塔治疗公司 Phosphonated fluoroquinolones, antibacterial analogs thereof, and methods for the prevention and treatment of bone and joint infections
BRPI0614758A2 (en) 2005-08-11 2011-04-12 Targanta Therapeutics Inc phosphonated rifamycin and its use for the prevention and treatment of joint and bone infections

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
EP3820565A4 (en) 2022-04-06
JP7501960B2 (en) 2024-06-18
CN112672787A (en) 2021-04-16
JP2021532087A (en) 2021-11-25
WO2020014269A9 (en) 2020-03-05
CA3105829A1 (en) 2020-01-16
WO2020014269A1 (en) 2020-01-16

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US11840549B2 (en) Bisphosphonate quinolone conjugates and uses thereof
Sedghizadeh et al. Design, synthesis, and antimicrobial evaluation of a novel bone-targeting bisphosphonate-ciprofloxacin conjugate for the treatment of osteomyelitis biofilms
JP2022166008A (en) Bisphosphonate quinolone conjugates and uses thereof
Hoefert et al. Importance of microcracks in etiology of bisphosphonate-related osteonecrosis of the jaw: a possible pathogenetic model of symptomatic and non-symptomatic osteonecrosis of the jaw based on scanning electron microscopy findings
JP2012180383A (en) Polymeric gel system for controlled delivery codrug
Gu et al. Clinical outcome of dental implants placed in liver transplant recipients after 3 years: a case series
ES2322343T3 (en) MODIFIED PHOSPHOCALCICO COMPOUND, INJECTABLE COMPOSITION CONTAINING IT.
Sedghizadeh et al. Bisphosphonates in dentistry: Historical perspectives, adverse effects, and novel applications
WO2014032099A1 (en) Composition and method for bone growth
JP7501960B2 (en) Bisphosphonate-quinolone conjugates and their uses
RU2360663C1 (en) Gel for bone tissue repair
KR102466337B1 (en) Methods for the treatment of peri-implantitis
US20210369849A1 (en) Bone targeted antimicrobial oxazolidinone related compounds, formulations thereof, and uses thereof
JP2018002624A (en) Agent for inhibiting the formation or activation of osteoclasts
Iino et al. Effects of Prostaglandin E1 Application on Rat Incisal Sockets.
Arrain et al. Bisphosphonates and osteonecrosis of the jaw-Current Thoughts
Kato Biological profile of fast-setting calcium silicate-based cements: in vitro and ex vivo evaluation
Abdallah Evaluation of a novel anabolic bone drug with synthetic bone graft biomaterials in a rat jaw bone defect
Das The Local Effect of Alendronate with Intraalveolar Collagen Sponges on Post Extraction Alveolar Ridge Resorption-A Single Blind Study
Siraj Evaluation and Comparison of Alendronate Gel with or Without Bioactive Glass, in the Treatment of Intrabony Defects”----A Clinico Radiographic Study
JP2005060307A (en) Osteogenic agent
Jeppson Antimicrobial properties of drug-containing electrospun scaffolds
Huang et al. The Effects of Regenerative Materials on Biomarkers, Clinical and Radiological Features of Healing Defects Treated by Guided Bone Regeneration
Veena Evaluation of an aminobisphosphonate (alendronate) as local drug delivery system in the management of periodontal osseous defects-a clinical and radiological study
Ismail Development of novel remineralising antimicrobial brushite cements

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
STAA Information on the status of an ep patent application or granted ep patent

Free format text: STATUS: THE INTERNATIONAL PUBLICATION HAS BEEN MADE

STAA Information on the status of an ep patent application or granted ep patent

Free format text: STATUS: THE INTERNATIONAL PUBLICATION HAS BEEN MADE

PUAI Public reference made under article 153(3) epc to a published international application that has entered the european phase

Free format text: ORIGINAL CODE: 0009012

STAA Information on the status of an ep patent application or granted ep patent

Free format text: STATUS: REQUEST FOR EXAMINATION WAS MADE

17P Request for examination filed

Effective date: 20210111

AK Designated contracting states

Kind code of ref document: A1

Designated state(s): AL AT BE BG CH CY CZ DE DK EE ES FI FR GB GR HR HU IE IS IT LI LT LU LV MC MK MT NL NO PL PT RO RS SE SI SK SM TR

DAV Request for validation of the european patent (deleted)
DAX Request for extension of the european patent (deleted)
A4 Supplementary search report drawn up and despatched

Effective date: 20220307

RIC1 Information provided on ipc code assigned before grant

Ipc: A61L 27/54 20060101ALI20220301BHEP

Ipc: A61P 31/04 20060101ALI20220301BHEP

Ipc: A61P 19/10 20060101ALI20220301BHEP

Ipc: A61K 31/663 20060101ALI20220301BHEP

Ipc: A61K 47/55 20170101ALI20220301BHEP

Ipc: A61K 47/54 20170101AFI20220301BHEP